You are on page 1of 206

Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/WOP/MAN/001

Agip for Revision: 0


Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 1 of 206

SECTION 2

OPERATIONS (OP)

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 2 of 206

INDEX

OP1. MOVING AND POSITIONING 6

OP2. DRILLING OPERATIONS 7


OP. 2.1. CONDUCTOR PIPE 7
1. Conductor Pipe Installation 7
2. FLOATING RIGS 9
OP. 2.2. DIRECTIONAL DRILLING 13
1. SURVEYING POLICY 13
2. GENERAL SURVEYING REQUIREMENTS 13
3. CONSIDERATIONS FOR SURVEY TOOLS SELECTION 14
4. QUALITY CONTROL (QC) 15
5. ANTICOLLISION 17
6. WELL SITE PROCEDURES 20
OP. 2.3. TRIPPING AND STRING COMPOSITION 26
1. BEFORE TRIPPING 26
2. WHILE TRIPPING 27
3. STRING COMPOSITION 29
OP. 2.4. MUD SERVICES 32
1. OPERATIONS & MUD CHARACTERISTICS 32
OP. 2.5. OPEN HOLE LOGGING 34
1. GENERAL NOTES 34
2. Well Preparation 34
3. Log Fishing 35
4. Safety 35
OP. 2.6. CASING/LINER RUN 36
1. CASING 36
2. CORROSION RESISTANT ALLOY (CRA) CASING OPERATIONS 39
3. LINERS 44
OP. 2.7. CEMENTING 47
1. Casing CEMENTING 47
2. LINER 50
3. POST-CEMENTING OPERATIONS 51
4. SQUEEZING 51
OP. 2.8. WELLHEAD 53
1. BASE FLANGE 53
2. CASING SPOOL 54
3. MISCELLANEous 55
4. UNDERWATER WELL HEAD. 56
5. COMPACT WELLHEAD 58
6. MUDLINE SUSPENSION 58
OP. 2.9. WELL CONTROL 60
1. PERSONNEL 60
2. RECORDING 60
3. PRIMARY CONTROL 61
4. SECONDARY CONTROL 62
5. KILLING PROCEDURE 64

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 3 of 206

6. STRIPPING PROCEDURES 64
7. EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (LAND RIGS, JACK-UPS and FIXED
PLATFORMS) 65
8. EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (FLOATERS) 66
9. BOP CONTROL SYSTEM (LAND, JACK-UPS AND FIXED PLATFORMS) 67
10. BOP CONTROL SYSTEM (FLOATERS) 68
11. CHOKE MANIFOLD (ALL) 69
12. inSIDE PIPE SHUT-OFF DEVICES 69
13. AUXILIARY CONTROL EQUIPMENT 70
14. DIVERTER EQUIPMENT 71
15. MISCELLANEous 72
16. BOP AND RISER RUNNING (FLOATERS) 73
17. BOP AND CASING TESTS 73
18. BOP AND CASING TESTS (FLOATERS) 76
19. DIVERTER TEST (before start of operations) 78
20. FREQUENCY OF BOP TESTS 78
21. DRILLS 79
22. TIMing 82
23. HORIZONTAL WELLS 82
OP. 2.10. LOT 84
1. GENERAL 84
2. STANDARD PROCEDURE 84
OP. 2.11. CORING 87
1. GENERAL GUIDELINES 87
OP. 2.12. DRILLING PROBLEMS (STUCK PIPE, FISHING, MUD LOSSES, SHALLOW
GAS, HANG OFF, H2S) 89
1. STUCK PIPE 89
2. OIL PILLS 92
3. ACID PILLS 93
4. FREE POINT Location 94
5. BACK-OFF procedure 95
6. FISHING 97
7. MILLING PROCEDURE 100
8. JARRING PROCEDURE 100
9. LOST CIRCULATION 101
10. SHALLOW GAS 106
11. HANG-OFF 110
12. H2S Drilling procedures 112
OP. 2.13. WELL ABANDONMENT 115
1. Generals 115
2. Suspension, Temporary and Permanent abandon 115
3. Abandonment General Features 116
4. ABANDONMENT PLUGS SETTING CRITERIA 118
5. Abandonment of completed wells 120
6. Note for abandoning OFFSHORE WELLS 121

OP3. COMPLETION AND WORKOVER OPERATIONS 122


OP. 3.1. GENERAL 122
1. BOP STACK AND TESTING 122
2. WELL CONTROL 123
3. FLUID LOSS CONTROL 124
OP. 3.2. WELL PREPARATION 126
1. CASING CLEANING 126
2. COMPLETION AND PACKER FLUIDS 126

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 4 of 206

3. BRINE 127
4. CMT LOGGING 128
OP. 3.3. WELLBORE COMPLETION 129
1. PERFORATING 129
2. SAND CONTROL 131
3. CASING MILLING 132
OP. 3.4. COMPLETION PULL OUT 134
1. WELL KILLING 134
2. PACKER UNSEATING AND COMPLETION PULLING 136
OP. 3.5. PIPE/TOOL RECOVERy 138
1. PACKER MILLING 138
2. FREE POINT 139
3. BACK OFF 139
4. TUBING PUNCHER 140
5. TUBING CUTTER 141
6. WASHING OVER 141
7. FISHING 142
OP. 3.6. WELL COMPLETION 144
1. TuBinG/PacKeR INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 144
2. HYDRAULIC LINE INSTALLATION 146
3. ELECTRIC LINE INSTALLATION 147
4. SUCKER ROD PUMP INSTALLATION 147
5. ESP SYSTEM installation 148
6. WELL HEAD INSTALLATION AND TESTING 149
7. PACKER(S) SETTING 150
OP. 3.7. STIMULATION 151
1. MATRIX TREATMENT 151
2. HYDRAULIC FRACturing 152
OP. 3.8. COILED TUBING OPERATIONS 154
1. RIG UP, TESTING AND deployment 154
2. GAS LIFTING 155
3. WELL CLEANING 156
4. CEMENTING 157
5. ACIDISATION 158
OP. 3.9. WELL TESTING 159
1. GENERAL 159
2. TESTING WITH DOWNHOLE TEST TOOLS 160
3. WELL TESTING through A COMPLETION string 160
4. SURFACE DATA ACQUISITION 160
OP. 3.10. WIRELINE OPERATIONS 162
1. GENERAL 162
2. SURFACE EQUIPMENT 166
3. WIRE SELECTION 170
4. ToolSTRING 171
5. RIG UP/DOWN OPERATIONS 173
6. NDT PROCEDURES 183
7. SCSSV TEST PROCEDURES 189

OP4. MATERIALS AND TRANSPORT 190


OP. 4.1. WAREHOUSE MATERIALS 190
1. GENERAL 190
2. TUBULARS 190

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 5 of 206

3. OTHER MATERIALS 191


OP. 4.2. RIGSITE MATERIALS 192
1. MINIMUM STOCKS 192
2. TUBULARS 193
3. MATERIAL CARE 195
4. EXPLOSIVES 196
5. RADIOACTIVE SOURCES 197
OP. 4.3. TRANSPORTATION 199
1. PERSONNEL 199
2. MATERIALS 201
OP. 4.4. CORROSION PREVENTION & INSPECTION 202
1. CORROSION prevention 202
2. NDT 202

OP5. WASTE TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL 205


OP. 5.1. GUIDELINE 205
1. GENERAL 205
2. onshore 206
3. offshore 206

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 6 of 206

OP1. MOVING AND POSITIONING


Rig moving and positioning operations during Agip Iran B.V.’s activities will be made in
accordance to the practices and procedures of the specialised service company in charge of
such operations.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 7 of 206

OP2. DRILLING OPERATIONS


OP. 2.1. CONDUCTOR PIPE

Reference
1. CONDUCTOR PIPE INSTALLATION
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 4.1
1.1. The outside diameter and the wall thickness of conductor pipe
should be chosen according to previous experiences in the area
and the selected casing profile.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 4.1
1.2. 30” OD x 1” wall thickness X-52 has been selected for exploration
and development drilling activities. Only if this CP is unsatisfactory
should alternatives be considered (for suggestions refer to the Eni
corporate specification STAP-M-1-SS-4709).

1.3. Using Pile Hammers


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 4.1.1
1.3.1. The most common system used is the ‘Delmag - D44 or D46’
which has a hammer weight of 18t with a variable delivery fuel
pump, refer to table in DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 4.1.1 for the
specifications of other types of Delmag Hammers.

1.3.2. Conductor pipe joints installed on land rigs are usually connected
by welding bevelled prepared ends of the pipes together.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 4.1.3
1.3.3. To reduce the time of the operations and when it is practicable,
driveable threaded quick connectors (i.e. the RL-4) and driveable
squnch joint connectors such as the Fast Releasing Joint (i.e. the
ALT-2) should be used.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 4.1.2
1.3.4. When the driving depth of the conductor pipe is not specified in the
Drilling Programme, the final depth of the driving is the ‘refusal
depth’.
Local experience could dictate a different refusal value. The driving
depth can be pre-determined by conducting soil-boring analysis.
The refusal value generally used is 1,000-1,100 blows/metre.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 8 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 4.1.2
1.3.5. The driving depth of the conductor pipe which is specified in the
Drilling Programme is established with the following formula:
Hi = [df x (E+H) - 103 x H]/[1.03 - df + 0.67 x (GOVhi - 1.03)]
where:
Hi = Minimum driving depth (m) from seabed
E = Elevation (m) distance from bell nipple and sea
level
H = Water depth (m)
df = Maximum mud weight (kg/l) to be used
GOVhi = integrated density of sediments (kg/dm3/10m)
If the refusal depth does not meet this value, internal washing may
be required. CP internal washing might be necessary several times
before reaching the planned depth.

1.4. Drilling and Cementing CP


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 4.1.5
1.4.1. Run a 26" bit + float valve + 36" Hole Opener + 1 x 9" Monel DC +
1 x 9" Spiral DC + 5" HWDP + 5" DPs down to the seabed and
measure the water depth.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 4.1.5
1.4.2. Drill to the depth of the first two joints using high viscosity mud (80-
120 seconds Funnel viscosity) and at a very slow pump rate; in
offshore operation with Jack-Ups space out in order to avoid
pulling the bit above the mud line at the first connection.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 4.1.5
1.4.3. Drill the remaining 36" hole down to the planned depth (with min
WOB and at a higher pump rate) pumping seawater and a high
viscosity mud cushion (at least 20-30 bbls every connection).
Pump mud at a low flow rate if the well does not take fluid.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 4.1.5
1.4.4. At TD circulate the hole clean, displace the hole with gel mud (50%
excess over open hole volume) and make a wiper trip to the sea
bed. Do not pull the bit above the mud line.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 4.1.5
1.4.5. Run back to bottom. If any fill is found, repeat the previous step
otherwise displace the hole with gel mud (100% excess over
theoretical hole volume). Take a directional survey and pull the 26"
bit + 36" HO.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 4.1.5
1.4.6. Run the 30" x 1" thick CP and cement it in the hole using an inner
string and sealing adapter (refer to the Casing Running and
Cementing section).

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 9 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 4.1.5
1.4.7. Install two pad eyes on the CP just above the spider deck level
and anchor the conductor pipe with four slings to the rig
substructure, if required.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 4.1.5
1.4.8. Cut the 30" CP at the specified depth below rotary table according
to the Drilling Programme and make up the diverter assembly.
Reference
2. FLOATING RIGS
2.1. Drilling 36” Hole and Running 30” CP

2.1.1. Use of TGB

2.1.1.1. The following procedure is including TGB, but the most useful
procedure for setting the CP is with PGB only.

2.1.1.2. To overcome problems encountered when installing the TGB in


very soft seabed conditions, standard TGB should be modified with
extended skirt and additional side plates.

2.1.1.3. Operational Sequence


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.1. Set TGB over moonpool, install slope indicator (bull's eye), make
up running tool on DP and engage TGB; make up guidelines and
run TGB to seabed, checking penetration with ROV. if over 5 deg.,
reset the T.G.B..
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.2. Tension up and mark the guidelines at spider deck to see if any
sinking or tilting occurs during later operations.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.3. Make up drilling BHA; paint bit and HO white.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.4. Make up Utility Guide Frame above HO and attach to guidelines.
RIH with BHA to above TGB; space out before entering TGB such
that bit will remain in hole when making the first connection.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.5. Run TV camera/ROV to observe entry into TGB; record the
distance between RKB and seabed, air gap and water depth on
Daily Drilling Report.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.6. Drill hole to the planned depth, according to the CP length and
planning an adequate rat hole (usually 8to10 m).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.7. To safeguard against developing hole angle, use the lightest
weight reasonable (generally 5,000 to 15,000 pounds; 2 to 7 t).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.8. A maximum rotary speed of 60 RPM should be used to spud the
well and drill the first 3 m, then gradually increase the rotary not
exceeding 100 RPM.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 10 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.9. Drill the first joint with pumps at approximately half speed.
Thereafter increase to maximum SPM since maximum flowrate
from both pumps will be necessary to clean the hole.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.10. The hole will be drilled using seawater. Slug the hole with 15 to 25
3
bbls (2 to 4 m ) of high viscosity mud before connections. Should it
become difficult to keep the hole open, increase the size of the gel
slugs.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.11. After reaching total depth, displace the hole with high viscosity
mud (100 sec. funnel viscosity).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.12. A maximum of 1.5 deg deviation is allowed. If hole angle exceeds
1.5 deg, call COMPANY Shore Base (Well Operations
Manager/Superintendent).

2.1.1.3.13. POOH (don’t pull above TGB) and wait, at least, 1hr; meanwhile
retrieve survey tool and check for result: if inclination exceeds 1.5°
move off the Unit, at least 10m, and restart drilling.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.14. Run back to bottom checking for bridges and fill.
• If no drag or fill is experienced, displace the hole again with
high viscosity mud.
• If drag and/or fill is experienced make a second short trip and
displace the hole with mud again. Repeat until drag and fill are
eliminated.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.15. Skid P.G.B. on spider beams to a position directly under rotary
table. Be sure a slope indicator is installed on P.G.B. in a position
where it can be seen with subsea TV camera/ROV.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.16. Make up the 30" housing joint to the last joint of 30" casing.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.17. Run 5” DP cement stinger inside CP to within 15m from the float
shoe.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.18. Pick up the 30" running tool from the derrick and make up to the
cement stinger and to the 30" wellhead housing.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.19. Lower the housing to moonpool and connect to PGB Pick up the
entire assembly and skid back the spider beams. Lower the
assembly to waterline. Fill the casing with water and close the
valve (or plug) on Running Tool.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.20. Run CP on H.W., filling on each stand.
Lower and land the PGB on the TGB.
If the T.G.B. was run in a soft, sedimentary seabed only to provide
a guidance for 36" BHA and 30" casing, do not land P.G.B. on
T.G.B.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 11 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.21. With TV camera/ROV check angle of P.G.B. before cementing. If
P.G.B. shows more than 1.5 deg, attempt to straighten with
guideline tension or pick up the P.G.B. 1 m above the T.G.B. If not
successful, contact COMPANY Shore Base (Drilling Manager/
Superintendent).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.22. Break circulation gradually using seawater. Circulate minimum
amount to avoid washing out Temporary Guide Base.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.23. Cement 30" casing as per drilling program. Observe returns at
seabed with TV camera/ROV.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.24. Displace cement with seawater, living approximately 5m of cement
inside CP.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.25. If PGB is stable, check for back flow and back off the running tool.
If PGB is not stable or has not been landed on the TGB, support
the casing with the running string and wait on cement before
releasing the running tool.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.26. Pull out until stinger is at 30" housing. Wash out 30" housing with
seawater. Continue to pull out of hole.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
2.1.1.3.27. Run with jetting head and wash guideposts.

2.1.2. Without T.G.B.

2.1.2.1. Jump ROV or divers and tag the seafloor in order to determine the
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.2
water depth. TV camera is essential to monitor tag for water depth
since no surface indication at Martin Decker will be seen due to
pipe bowing out. Record the water depth and air gap measurement
on the Daily Drilling Report.

2.1.2.2. Space out such that the bit stays in the hole during the first pipe
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.2
connection.

2.1.2.3. Skid P.G.B. on spider beams to a position directly under rotary


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.2
table and make up guidelines. Be sure a slope indicator is installed
on P.G.B.

2.1.2.4. Pick up shoe joint and land in rotary table. Pump water into shoe
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.2
joint and be sure circulation is possible through the float shoe.

2.1.2.5. Pick up the entire assembly and skid back the spider beams.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.2
Lower the assembly to the waterline. Fill the casing with water and
close the valve (or plug) on the running tool. The running string
must be filled on each stand.

2.1.2.6. Cementing the casing observing same precautions as per previous


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.2
point 2.1.3

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 12 of 206

2.2. Jetting in 30” Casing

2.2.1. If bottom conditions are not known a jet test should be carried out
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.3
to determine the ability to jet the 30" casing.

2.2.2. If it is possible to reach the 30" setting depth with minimum weight,
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.3
the 30" casing can usually be jetted in.

2.2.3. Set the P.G.B. on moon pool beams directly under the rotary table
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.3
and make up guidelines. Install slope indicator.

2.2.4. Lower the complete assembly on 5" Drill Pipes or Hevy-Wate Drill
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.3
Pipes. Stroke out motion compensator, tag bottom and record
water depth observing with ROV. While running in hole, keep the
hook locked to prevent rotation and guidelines tight to avoid
entanglement.

2.2.5. Jet 30" casing until top of 30" housing is approximately 2 m above
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.3
mudline. Do not allow casing inclination to exceed 1 deg. Pump
high viscosity slugs when required to flush out 30" casing.

2.2.6. At setting depth stop circulation and wait on 30" casing to soak for
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.3
1 or 2 hours. Slack off all the weight and observe slope indicator; if
P.G.B. shows less than 1.5 deg, release running tool and pull out
of hole. If P.G.B. angle exceeds l-1/2 deg, call COMPANY Shore
Base (Drilling manager/Superintendent).

2.3. Pilot Hole

2.3.1. When drilling a pilot hole use the Utility Guide Frame (UGF) above
the hole opener and attach to guidelines to provide guidance and
centralisation of the bit over the first 10-20m.
Additional centralises lugs may have to be welded on the
circumference of the guidance section of the UGF for this purpose.

Reference List:
‘Drilling Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/003

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 13 of 206

OP. 2.2. DIRECTIONAL DRILLING

Reference
1. SURVEYING POLICY
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.1
1.1. All development wells will be surveyed from the wellhead to, at
least, the lowest hydrocarbon bearing zone.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.1
1.2. All exploration wells will be surveyed from the surface conductor
shoe to TD.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.1
1.3. Surveying tool selection will be based on the anti-collision
requirements, surveying equipment accuracy, target size and
depth.

1.4. The basic surveying Agip Iran B.V. minimum requirements for
vertical and deviated wells are listed in Table-OP 2.1and Table-OP
2.2

Reference
2. GENERAL SURVEYING REQUIREMENTS
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.4
2.1. All magnetic surveys will have to be reported after being corrected
for magnetic declination. Magnetic declination must be specified
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.4
2.2. For other surveys, ensure that magnetic declination is considered
while aligning.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.4
2.3. Gyro survey output does not need to be corrected for magnetic
declination.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.4
2.4. The depth of a survey is the survey instrument depth not the bit
depth. This applies to MWD and survey tools.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.4
2.5. Azimuth will be referenced to true North.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.4
2.6. Bottom hole location will be extrapolated from the last survey. This
will normally not be more than 30m. To confirm the bottom hole
location the dipmeter can be used as it can survey down to around
5m from TD if hole conditions allow.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.4
2.7. For drilling purposes ‘depth’ will always be quoted as drilled depth
and not confused with wireline depth.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 14 of 206

2.8. Approved Surveying Tools


DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.2.9
2.8.1. Magnetic Survey Tool List
MSS Magnetic single shot (film)
MMS Magnetic multishot
EMS Electronic magnetic multishot
MWD Measurement while drilling
HD High resolution dipmeter
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.2.10
2.8.2. Gyroscopic Survey Tool List
GSS Gyro single shot (film)
GMS Gyro multishot
SRG Surface reading gyro
NSG North seeking gyro (FINDER)
GCT Guidance continuous tool
FINDS Ferranti Inertial Navigation System
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.4.3
2.9. Agip Iran B.V. standard survey calculation method will be Minimum
Radius of Curvature.
This method is considered the most accurate representation of
well bore position, provided surveys are taken with the frequency
detailed in the surveying policy.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.4.4
2.10. The horizontal and vertical error of survey tools will be documented
for future reference.
The specification is given in terms of a coefficient in m/1,000m.
The current values are given in Table OP 2.3 for horizontal and
Table OP 2.4 for vertical wells

Reference
3. CONSIDERATIONS FOR SURVEY TOOLS SELECTION
3.1. Survey programme for vertical holes
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.7
3.1.1. TOTCO will be acceptable only on surface holes if inclination is
less then 1.5°.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.7
3.1.2. MSS is the standard. MWD will be run as the survey tool of choice,
if economically and technically justified.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.7
3.1.3. If MWD is used at the recommended frequency and the wellpath is
clear of other wells, cased hole surveys may be omitted (if it is not
dictated by local condition, legislation or third parties).

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 15 of 206

3.2. Survey Programme For Deviated Holes


DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.8
3.2.1. TOTCO will be unacceptable at any stage of the well. All surveys
require an azimuth and an inclination measurement.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.8
3.2.2. MWD is the standard. MSS will be run as the survey tool of choice,
if economically and technically justified.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.8
3.2.3. In cased holes GMS is the standard. The FINDS tool is the most
accurate survey tool available. Platform planning is greatly
improved by its use. If anti-collision is a critical concern the
NSG/GCT or the FINDS will be used.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.6.2
3.2.4. GSS will not be run below 400m.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.3.4
3.2.5. Magnetic based surveying instruments will not be used as the
prime source of CW location calculation within 8m of any TW
(centre to centre distance). A gyro based surveying tool will be
used as the primary survey instrument until magnetically calculated
azimuths agree with the gyro tool.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.5.3
3.2.6. The accuracy of the surveying tool used on a well will be such that
the total horizontal uncertainty at target depth is reasonable,
compared to the target size. The smaller and the deeper the
target, the more stringent the survey requirements.

Reference
4. QUALITY CONTROL (QC)
4.1. Magnetic Survey Tools (at Rig-site)
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.6.1
4.1.1. All magnetic tools will be run in non-magnetic BHA environments.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.6.1
4.1.2. Magnetic azimuth values will be considered invalid when the
survey instrument is within 8m of an adjacent casing shoe.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.6.1
4.1.3. Magnetic instruments must be run inside a sufficient length of
NMDC.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.6.1
4.1.4. Non-magnetic stabilisers will be the only type permitted for use
between NMDC's. Ferrous steel stabilisers are unacceptable.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.6.1
4.1.5. When magnetic influence is expected from adjacent casing (or
when the well is separated less than 8m horizontally from an
adjacent casing string), provision will be made to run a gyro based
survey tool on top of the MWD.

4.1.6. Magnetic Single Shot shall be checked and tested, at surface,


before running.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 16 of 206

4.1.7. Under particular operative conditions (high inclination angles, high


MW, low tolerance), sinker bars should be used and the survey
barrel may need pumping down.

4.1.8. During tool running, reciprocate (if wire line) and rotate (if dropped)
the string until a minute before shooting.

4.1.9. While running wire line survey, keep on top of string a Kelly Cock
in open position (with thread protector on) and keep available a
remote controlled hydraulic wire cutter on rig floor.

4.2. Gyroscopic Survey Tools (at Rig-site)


DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.6.2
4.2.1. The landing slug will be checked to confirm seating on each run
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.6.2
4.2.2. Gyroscopic tools require accurate alignment of the instrument on
the foresight/reference azimuth.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.6.2
4.2.3. Gyro Multi Shot drift rate will not exceed 10°/hr.

4.3. MWD
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.6.1
4.3.1. A shallow depth functional test of the tool in the string will be
performed on each trip into the hole.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.6.1
4.3.2. A check survey will be taken immediately off bottom before starting
a new bit run for comparison with the previous run.

4.3.3. Survey repeatability should be within 0.5ο inclination and 2ο DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.6.1

azimuth (above 10ο inclination).


DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 4.7
4.3.4. If MWD has been used at the recommended frequency as in Table
OP 2.1 and Table OP 2.2, the Gyro survey after casing set, may
be omitted (if not dictated by local condition, legislation or third
party).

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 17 of 206

Reference
5. ANTICOLLISION
5.1. Policy
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.1
5.1.1. All development wells will be surveyed from the wellhead to, at
least, the lowest hydrocarbon-bearing zone using the minimum
guidelines specified in this section.
Anti-collision procedures will be implemented, in all cases where is
a potential collision risk according to the policies outlined in this
manual.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.1
5.1.2. The prime reasons for specifying an anti-collision policy are to:
• Ensure a consistent method is used to evaluate and reduce
collision risks between wells.
• Establish a common procedure for developing multi-well sites,
which takes into account actual well trajectory and trajectories
of already existing wells.
• Establish a common procedure that discriminates between
interference from completed/producing wells and
plugged/abandoned/uncompleted wells.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 3.4.1
5.1.3. The contractor’s software must be verified and then accepted by
Agip Iran B.V. prior to the work commencing.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.2.1
5.1.4. The Anti-Collision Model currently used by Agip Iran B.V. is based
on an Ellipsoid of Uncertainty concept which describes the location
of the well bore at any depth in terms of a probability volume
determined from the errors in the equipment used to survey the
well.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.2.2
5.1.5. The ROU is the radius of a sphere, at a specific vertical depth,
which has the probability of containing the well path. It is a
cumulative calculation based on the product of the Horizontal
Uncertainty Factor of the survey instrument used to that point and
the surveyed depth to that point.
In field site calculations, the ROU will be increased by an amount
depending on the ‘Dogleg Potential’ along a projection from the
last survey point to a lower depth of interest (e.g. TD of the section
or the expected closest approach to another well).

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 18 of 206

5.2. Anti-Collision Requirements

5.2.1. Software Capabilities


DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.3.1
5.2.1.1. The software package will be required to calculate and fully
evaluate well survey data.
5.2.2. Projection Technique (with Rotary Assemblies)
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.3.2
5.2.2.1. The projection will be made on CW accounting for the expected
closest approach to the TWs. The trend observed in the final
surveys of a rotary assembly will be used to establish the expected
trajectories.
5.2.3. Projection Technique (with Steerable Assemblies).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.3.3
5.2.3.1. The projection will be made on CW accounting for the expected
closest approach of the TWs. With Steerable assemblies, it will be
possible to assume a trend based on a maximum Dogleg Potential
of the assembly in a desired direction.
5.3. Worst Case Projection Technique
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.3.4
5.3.1. In the worst case condition (e.g. when the projected dogleg is
unknown or cannot be extrapolated for certain) an additional
uncertainty factor, due to the maximum Dogleg Potential of the
assembly, will be added to the applicable ROU.
5.4. Considerations In Planning A New Multi-Well Site
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.4
5.4.1. Well to slot allocation should avoid crossing of well trajectories
whenever possible.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.4
5.4.2. Spacing of wells for the surface vertical phases will not be
subjected to SR < 1 limit, in case drilling is planned/performed
from a multiwell site where all the surface phases have to be
drilled subsequently at one time.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.4
5.4.3. Anti-collision procedures will apply, for the surface vertical phase,
in case drilling is planned/performed from a multiwell site where
production from adjacent wells is ongoing or during any production
while there is drilling activity.

5.5. Interference with completed/producing wells and new wells


DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.5.1-c
5.5.1. Proximity calculation and projection are done regularly at the
wellsite while drilling the CW in order to confirm the CW position
within the zone X.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.5.1-c
5.5.2. While drilling within zone X to assure adequate quality and
frequency of the surveys, MWD will be used.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 19 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.5.1-i
5.5.3. When the distance between TW and CW is projected to fall within
the zone X, the Drilling Supervisor (rigsite) will be responsible to
ensure appropriate action is taken to shut-in TWs, before drilling
operations proceed.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.5.1-j
5.5.4. The Agip Iran B.V. SDE will confirm anti-collision calculations
made at the rig-site on a survey by survey basis when the
separation is inferior to the threshold of danger (i.e. be within
zone X).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.5.1-k
5.5.5. If the separation is projected to fall within zone Y during drilling
operations, drilling operations will be stopped.
Documented approval will be required from the DM for corrective
procedures before drilling is allowed to proceed.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.5.1-n
5.5.6. Planning and drilling with separation falling in the zone Z is
unacceptable under any circumstance.

5.6. Interference between existing, non-completed/P&A wells and


new wells
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.5.2-c
5.6.1. Planning and drilling with separation falling in the zone Z is
unacceptable under any circumstance.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.5.2-d
5.6.2. Proximity calculation and projection are conducted regularly at the
wellsite while drilling the CW in order to confirm the CW position
within the zone Y.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.5.2-d
5.6.3. While drilling within zone Y to assure adequate quality and
frequency of the surveys, MWD will be used.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.5.2-f
5.6.4. The Agip Iran B.V. SDE will confirm anti-collision calculations
made at the rig-site on a survey by survey basis when the
separation is inferior to the threshold of alert (i.e. within zone Y).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.5.2-g
5.6.5. If the separation is projected to fall within zone Z during drilling
operations, drilling will be stopped. Documented approval is
required from the DM for corrective procedures before drilling is
allowed to proceed.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.5.2-h
5.6.6. The DSR (rig-site) will be responsible for suspending drilling
operations immediately when the separation is projected to fall
within zone Z.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 20 of 206

5.7. Plugging of completed target wells


DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.6-a
5.7.1. Any TW which separation is projected to be less than the
threshold of danger (i.e. within zone X) above the sub-surface
safety valve (SSSV) depth less 30m, must have the SSSV closed
and the well de-pressurised.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.6-b
5.7.2. Any TW which separation is projected to be less than the
threshold of danger (i.e. within zone X) below the SSSV depth
less 30m compared to the planned CW, is to be plugged at least
150m below the lowest depth in zone X for the TW.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.6-c
5.7.3. After installation of the plug, all TW pressures will be bled down to
zero, or circulated to the appropriate kill weight fluid before drilling
commences on the CW.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.6-d
5.7.4. Target wells will be only brought on line when the separation is
greater than the threshold of danger (i.e. outside zone X) and
increasing steadily.

5.8. Suspension of Current Well


DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.7-a
5.8.1. When the separation to any TW is projected to be less than the
applicable threshold, the Drilling Supervisor will be advised and
drilling of the CW will be stopped.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.7-c
5.8.2. Operations will only resume after the proposed corrective actions
have been approved by the DM.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.7-d
5.8.3. A well planned or drilled with separations less than the threshold
of separation (i.e. within zone Z) is unacceptable under any
circumstance.
Reference
6. WELL SITE PROCEDURES
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.8-1
6.1. Magnetic based surveying instruments will not be used as prime
source of CW location calculation within 8m of any TW (centre to
centre distance).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.8-2
6.2. When magnetic influence is suspected, gyro surveys will be run to
check the magnetic surveys until such time as the magnetic and
gyro survey tool azimuths agree within 2° azimuth for at least two
or more consecutive surveys.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.8-3
6.3. When proximity is critical with a steerable assembly, the MWD will
be placed on top of mud motor to ensure the survey is as close as
possible to the bit.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.8-4
6.4. When there is any doubt about the accuracy of a magnetic based
survey it will be double-checked with a gyro-based tool before
drilling ahead.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 21 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.8-5
6.5. Proximity calculations will be done at regular intervals depending
on the risk of collision, but in any case, at least twice daily while
drilling.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.8-6
6.6. Only the most experienced Directional Contractor personnel will be
utilised when proximity situations are expected to be of concern
during drilling operations. If drilling conditions call for additional
personnel to cover 24hrs basis service, actions will be
implemented accordingly, agreed with the Contractor
DARQ/WOP/MAN/010 5.8-7
6.7. The following precautions will be observed when CWs are within
zone X or zone Y depending on the type of TW
(producing/completed well or not completed/plugged & abandoned
well):
a) Proximity calculations and projections are to be performed on
each survey.
b) Mud returns, will be monitored regularly for the presence of
cement or gas.
c) A ditch magnet will be installed on the flowline and monitored
regularly for abnormal presence of metal tailings.
d) Wherever practicable the annuli on TW's will be pressured up
and monitored regularly for sudden changes in pressure.
e) The drilling operation will proceed at controlled ROP to reduce
the potential for damage should a collision occur.
f) The drilling operation will proceed with due caution and
particular attention being paid to sudden changes in ROP,
drilling torque or other irregularities.
g) The directional driller will be on the drill floor at all times to
monitor drilling parameters.
h) Unless required for directional control, the use of drilling
motors will be avoided while drilling in this situation. If motor
use is unavoidable then a low torque motor will be the
preferred option.
i) Whenever possible use PDC bits instead of tricone bits.
j) The DS will ensure that the most experienced personnel will be
assigned for the tasks outlined above (as recommended by the
Drilling Contractor Supervisor). The DS will be notified
immediately when any indications of collision are suspected or
observed.
3
k) A stock of 100m of drilling mud should be available for
emergency filling up.
l) Well control drills to be intensified.

Reference List:
‘Directional Control & Surveying Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/010

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


G R O U P

FREQUENCY AND TYPE OF SURVEYS Vertical Wells


Agip

Platform/Cluster Template Wells Individual Wells


Iran B.V.

While Drilling After Casing set While Drilling After Casing set
Type of Frequency Type of Frequency Type of Frequency Type of Frequency
instrument instrument instrument instrument
30” C.P. Tocto Bottom MSS
(template) GMS/SRG 30m At shoe
Tocto
20”-13”3/8 MWD 30 MWD
Surface CSG GMS/SRG 30m 150M
MSS 150 NSG/GCT MSS (and each trip)
for

13”3/8 MWD 30 MWD


intermediate GMS/SRG 30m 150M
CSG MSS 150 NSG/GCT MSS (and each trip)

9”5/8 CSG MWD 30 MWD


GMS/SRG 30m 150M
MSS 150 NSG/GCT MSS (and each trip)
Drilling & Completion activities

7” CSG MWD 30 MWD


GMS/SRG 30m 150M
(and each trip)

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


MSS 150 NSG/GCT MSS
5” Liner MSS/MWD MWD
As required GMS/SRG 30m 150M
HDT/MMS NSG/GCT MSS (and each trip)
Revision: 0

Note:

Table OP 2.1 - Frequency and Types of Surveys for Vertical Wells


1. Records after casing set may be omitted if it is not dictated by local condition, legislation, the well is clear of other
wells and good survey have been taken in open hole.
2. If SDD ( Straight Drilling Device) is in use to keep the well in vertical condition, we can suppose the well vertical
Page 22 of 206

and the others survey records should be omitted.


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
G R O U P

FREQUENCY AND TYPE OF SURVEYS Deviated wells


Agip

Platform/Cluster Template Wells Individual Wells


Iran B.V.

While Drilling After Casing set While Drilling After Casing set
Type of Frequency Type of Frequency Type of Frequency Type of Frequency
instrument instrument instrument instrument
30” C.P. Tocto Bottom MSS
GMS/SRG 30m At shoe GMS/SRG 30m
Tocto
20”-13”3/8 MWD 30 MWD
Surface CSG GMS/SRG 30m 150M GMS/SRG 30m
MSS 150 NSG/GCT MSS (and each trip)
13”3/8 MWD 30 MWD
for

intermediate GMS/SRG 30m 150M GMS/SRG 30m


CSG MSS 150 NSG/GCT MSS (and each trip)

9”5/8 CSG MWD 30 MWD


GMS/SRG 30m 150M GMS/SRG 30m
MSS 150 NSG/GCT MSS (and each trip)
Drilling & Completion activities

7” CSG MWD 30 MWD


GMS/SRG 30m 150M GMS/SRG 30m
MSS 150 NSG/GCT MSS (and each trip)

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


5” Liner MSS/MWD MWD
As required GMS/SRG 30m 150M
HDT/MMS NSG/GCT MSS (and each trip)
Revision: 0

Note:

Table OP 2.2- Frequency and Types of Surveys for Deviated Wells


1. Records after casing set may be omitted if it is not dictated by local condition, legislation, the well is clear of other
wells and good survey have been taken in open hole.
2. Records after casing set may be omitted if a cross-check with a second MWD tool or equivalent
Page 23 of 206
Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 24 of 206

Error
Tool Type Inclination Range
(M / 1,000M)
0°/10° 4
10°/20° 7
GSS/SRG/MS 20°/30° 11
30°/45° 18
45°/60° 30
0°/20° 2
20°/30° 3.5
NSG/GCT 30°/45° 7.5
40°/60° 15.6
FINDS 0°/90° 0.5
0°/10° 9
10°/20° 13
MSS/MMS 20°/30° 20
30°/45° 45
45°/60° 55
60°/80° 60
0°/10° 2
10°/20° 2.2
EMS 20°/30° 2.6
30°/45° 3.5
45°/60° 4.4
60°/90° 5.2
0°/10° 2.6
10°/20° 3.3
MWD 20°/30° 4.3
30°/45° 6.3
45°/60° 8.5
60°/90° 10.5
Table OP 2.3 - Survey Tool Horizontal Uncertainty Factor

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 25 of 206

Error
Tool Type Inclination Range
(M / 1,000M)
Finds 0°/90° 0.5
0°/10° 2.5
10°/20° 3.7
Magnetic 20°/30° 5.5
30°/45° 10
45°/60° 15.3
60°/80° 17.3
0°/10° 2.2
10°/20° 2.7
Gyro 20°/30° 3.5
30°/45° 5.7
45°/60° 7.8
Table OP 2.4 - Survey Tools Vertical Uncertainty Factor

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 26 of 206

OP. 2.3. TRIPPING AND STRING COMPOSITION

Reference
1. BEFORE TRIPPING
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1-1
1.1. The Company Drilling and Completion Supervisor shall be present
on the rig floor at the beginning of every trip to check for fill-up.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1-6
1.2. Before the start of tripping out of the hole with drill pipe, the
following criteria must be followed, unless authorised by Company
Drilling and Completion Manager/Drilling Superintendent:
• Bottoms up must be circulated.
• No loss of circulation must be recorded.
• No indication of on influx.
• The mud density going into and coming out of the hole shall not
differ more than 24g/l (0.2ppg).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1-7
1.3. A flow check shall be taken at the following points:
• Immediately above off bottom.
• At the lowest casing shoe (regardless of the fill-up status).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1-8
1.4. Prior to the start of tripping out, make sure that mud is conditioned
in order to have the minimum gel strength value within the desired
values.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1-27
1.5. A short trip shall be performed before tripping out of
overpressurised zones, unless advised otherwise by the Company
Drilling Manager and/or Superintendent.
The following procedure shall be carried out for a short trip:
• Pull 5 to 10 stands at normal speed, making sure the hole is
taking the proper amount of mud (no swabbing). Use the trip tank
accurately.
• Run back to bottom.
• Perform a flow check on the bottom.
• Circulate and check bottoms up.
• If an influx is detected, increase the mud weight as necessary.
• A second short trip may be required.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1-10
1.6. Prior to pulling out of hole, the drill pipe should be slugged with a
heavy pill. The volume and density of the pill should be determined
by Company Drilling and Completion Supervisor based on the
following factors:
• Density of mud in the hole.
• Mud rheology.
• Capacity of the drill pipe.
• Hole depth

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 27 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1-10
1.7. As a general rule, it is preferable to pump a small volume pill of
high density than a large volume pill of low density.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1-10
1.8. Under the following circumstances, the use of slug pill should be
avoided:
• Shallow hole.
• Possibility of damaging the reservoir with weighting agent.

When an increase in mud weight should be avoided in order to


prevent mud losses and/or fracturing the formation.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1-14
1.9. As a general rule, if the hole fails to take enough mud, run the drill
string to bottom and circulate bottoms up.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1-3
1.10. A suitable safety valve, threaded (or with proper connections) to fit
each pipe connection included in the string, must be on the rig
floor, in the open position ready for use with proper fittings and
handling devices. The closing/opening wrench must be readily
available for immediate use.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1-9
1.11. Before each trip, the rotary slips shall be inspected for worn or
broken inserts and any replacements made. Replacement inserts
should be available on the rig at all times.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1-13
1.12. Fill and make test on trip tank.
Always use the trip tank (in and out) and accurately record
volumes to make sure the hole is taking/giving the proper amount
of fluid. If any discrepancy is observed, the Driller shall
immediately inform the Tool Pusher and Company Drilling and
Completion Supervisor.

Reference
2. WHILE TRIPPING
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1-7
2.1. A flow check shall be taken at the following points:
• Immediately above off bottom.
• At the lowest casing shoe (regardless of the fill-up status).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1-11
2.2. The ‘Wiper rubber’ should be used when pulling or running the drill
pipe to prevent any objects falling into the hole. Do not install the
wiper rubber while tripping out the first 10 stands in order to
observe the fluid level
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1-13
2.3. Always use the trip tank (in and out) and accurately record
volumes to make sure the hole is taking/giving the proper amount
of fluid. If any discrepancy is observed, the Driller shall
immediately inform the Tool Pusher and Company Drilling and
Completion Supervisor.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 28 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1-4
2.4. The trip (or fill-up) sheet shall be filled in on the rig floor while
tripping. The Driller shall submit the trip sheet to the Company
Drilling and Completion Supervisor at the end of the trip or when
requested.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1.17
2.5. Any time a trip is interrupted, the hand tight installation of a safety
valve is recommended.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1.19
2.6. If possible, and if required by hole conditions, rotate the string
when tripping to prevent sticking while standing back pipe.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1-20
2.7. Use ‘pipe spinner’ or ‘chain’ under the following(circumstances:
• Tripping out core barrel
• Caving problems are encountered
• Tripping out from thief zones
• Tripping out from ‘kick off’ zones (deviated holes, sidetrack,
etc.).
• Handling BHA
• Pulling string with an expected washout.
• Pulling a broken string or fish.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1-21
2.8. The standard break out technique should be adopted in order to
have all the tool joints in the drill string broken out and doped
alternatively.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1-23
2.9. In case of drag when tripping out, do not exceed a reasonable
1
value of overpull usually /3 of string weight. This value should be
adjusted to hole conditions, drill string design and stabilisation and
hole profile (vertical, side track, directional). If necessary, work the
pipe (i.e. rotate) and/or install a Kelly and circulate to pass through
the tight spot.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1-24
2.10. If drag is encountered when tripping in, install the Kelly and
wash/ream the free zone. Never attempt to push the bit through a
ledge. No weight should be placed on the bit during reaming.
Torque and sometimes pressure are the only guide parameters to
perform this operation. While reaming pay attention in order to
avoid making a new hole
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1-25
2.11. Always record, depths and over pulls of troublesome zones on
“IADC” and Company “Daily Drilling Report”.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1-26
2.12. Torque all joints to the API recommended value.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 29 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1-28
2.13. Gauge accurately the residual diameter of the bit and stabilisers in
order to plan a subsequent reaming operation or change the
drilling string design if a PDC or diamond bit is scheduled. It is
recommended to use a three-point gauge ring if available.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1-29
2.14. The blind or shear rams must be closed every time tools are out of
the hole.

Reference
3. STRING COMPOSITION
3.1. Preliminary

3.1.1. Each string component run in hole for the first time shall be
appropriately drifted.

3.1.2. The string shall be drifted every time the use of a dart or a setting
ball is programmed.

3.1.3. A detailed sketch of every tool running in hole shall be prepared.

3.1.4. A BHA scheme, including the following data, shall be prepared and
available on rig floor (see example in Table OP 2.5):
• Outside diameters
• Inside diameters
• Partial length
• Progressive length
• Serial numbers
• Partial weight
• Progressive weight
• Bit total flow area
• Position of TOTCO ring

3.1.5. BHA components without serial number and/or NDT report shall
not be run in hole.

3.1.6. As general rule, the number of drill collars must be calculated in


2
order to have neutral point at about /3 of the total drill collars
length.
Anyway drill pipes must never work in compression.

3.1.7. Verify that specific dope types are used for DC and DP threads.

3.1.8. Verify that correct make up torque for each connection is applied.

3.1.9. Verify that correct type of tongs are used for each DC diameter.

3.1.10. Periodically verify the exact calibration of the tong dynamometer.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 30 of 206

3.2. Stabilisers

3.2.1. Even new, stabilisers OD shall be verified with a three point


calliper.

3.2.2. Check for fishing neck proper length.

3.3. Drilling Jar

3.3.1. Drilling jar shall be positioned either in tension or in compression (if


allowed by tool specifications).
Avoid running the drilling jar in correspondence of the neutral
point.
When calculating the forces on the jar, pump extension force will
be considered.

3.3.2. Every trip look for hydraulic oil leakage and replace jar if any.

3.3.3. Jar pre-setting value must be checked prior to run in hole, to verify
if the margin of overpull is sufficient to operate the jar.

3.3.4. After a certain amount of rotating hours drilling jar will be replaced.
Never exceed the maximum rotating hours value (as tool
specification) before service the jar.

3.3.5. Replace the jar as soon as possible after jarring or bumping has
been carried out.

3.4. Shock absorber


3.4.1. Shock absorber (if used) must be positioned nearest the bit
without interfere with packed hole assembly (above the third
stabiliser).
Bit + NB + SHDC + STAB + 1 DC + STAB + Shock Tool +1 DC
+STAB+.

3.4.2. With shock tool on surface apply torque with two tongs to verify the
tool torque transmission efficiency.

3.4.3. At every trip look for hydraulic oil leakage and/or excessive axial
clearance and replace tool if any.

3.4.4. After a certain amount of rotating hour’s shock absorber will be


replaced. Never exceed the maximum rotating hours value (as tool
specification) before service the shock absorber.

Reference List:
‘Drilling Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/003

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 31 of 206

Partial Total Partial Total Make-up


Serial OD ID
Type length length weight weight torque Notes
number Inc Inc
mts mts Ton Ton Kgm

DP "S135"
DP"E75"
HWDP
HWDP
HWDP
HWDP
HWDP
HWDP
HWDP
HWDP
HWDP
HWDP
HWDP
HWDP
HWDP
X/O
DC
DC
JAR
DC
X/O
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
STAB
DC
SHOCK T.
STAB
MONEL
STAB
SHDC
NB
BIT TFA:

Table OP 2.5 - BHA Scheme Example

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 32 of 206

OP. 2.4. MUD SERVICES

Reference
1. OPERATIONS & MUD CHARACTERISTICS
1.1. Mud characteristics
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.1-d
1.1.1. No variation from the mud programme is permitted without
previous discussion with and approval of the Company Shore Base
Drilling office.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.2
1.1.2. Mud weight and funnel viscosity shall be recorded at least every
30mins at the flow line and suction pit.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.2
1.1.3. When circulating gas cut mud and/or bottoms up, the following
data shall be recorded:
• Mud weight
• Salinity
• Maximum gas
• Pit level
• Interested volume
• Depth and time.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.2
1.1.4. The Mud Engineer shall check mud weight at the shakers and
downstream of the degasser continuously when circulating gas cut
mud and/or bottoms up.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.2
1.1.5. Rheology shall be checked three times a day or more frequently if
requested by Company Drilling and Completion Supervisor.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.2
1.1.6. Any addition of oil to the water base mud system shall be
previously approved by Company Drilling Office.

1.2. Safety Actions


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.3
1.2.1. The active mud pit level shall be monitored by the mud engineer or
by the derrick man at least every 30 minutes.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.3
1.2.2. An automatic pit level device shall be installed and operational, at
all times, on all mud pits and on the trip tank. A pit volume recorder
shall be continuously working on the rig floor and on the Mud
Logging Unit.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.2
1.2.3. Gas detectors shall be operational at all times.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.3
1.2.4. The degasser shall be used whenever gas presence in the mud is
indicated by the gas detector.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 33 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 10
1.2.5. If H2S is present safety precautions will be adopted. DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 4
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.3
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.3
1.2.6. On offshore rig a ventilation room that provides at least one
complete air change cycle every two minutes will be installed in the
mud pit room.

1.3. Oil-Base Mud


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.4-a
1.3.1. To avoid pollution, precautions shall be in place (drains from the
rig floor and shale shakers, cuttings treatment, etc.) in order to
avoid environmental spillage.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.4-g
1.3.2. Well control is affected by the use of oil based mud as it can
create hazards while handling drilling gas and gas kicks. Since a
gas influx may dissolve completely into the drilling fluid, small
influxes of gas are more difficult to detect. Gas expansion and pit
gain do not occur as the influx is circulated toward the surface.
Detection may be delayed until the influx is only a few hundred feet
from the surface when the well suddenly starts to flow. Usually
there is little time for the rig crew to react to divert the flow.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.4-j
1.3.3. The basic guidelines when drilling with oil based mud’s are the
following:
• When drilling or coring known gas formations, be aware of
potential for gas break out and sudden unloading.
• When back on bottom after tripping with gas formations
exposed to the open hole, be alert to sudden unloading of the hole
as bottoms up near surface.
• A suspected but not detected influx shall be circulated to a
predetermined distance below the BOP stack (e.g., 500ft), the
annular or upper pipe rams will then be closed and bottoms up
circulated out through the choke, under control to the mud/gas
separator.

Reference List:
‘Drilling Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/003
‘Well Control Policy Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/008
‘Drilling Fluids Operations Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/011

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 34 of 206

OP. 2.5. OPEN HOLE LOGGING

Reference
1. GENERAL NOTES
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.1-6
1.1. The Company Well site Geologist is responsible for log quality.
The Company Drilling and Completion Supervisor still retain overall
responsibility particularly related to operating efficiency and safety
and shall support the Company Well Site Geologist to ensure
overall log quality.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.1-10
1.2. The Company Drilling and Completion Supervisors must be sure
the Logging Engineer has dimensional drawings of all tools run in
hole, has appropriate overshot for all tools and appropriate
crossovers are available on the rig floor for a possible fishing
operation of logging tools.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.1-7
1.3. The Logging Engineer shall immediately inform the Company
Drilling and Completion Supervisor of any obstacle or difficulty
encountered while running or pulling out of the hole.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.1-9
1.4. The weak point in the logging string shall be checked and changed
regularly to avoid its premature breaking when running tools under
normal hole conditions.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.1-4
1.5. During wireline operations, the mud level shall be continuously
monitored with the trip tank, particularly, while pulling out logging
tools.

Reference
2. WELL PREPARATION
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.1-1
2.1. Prior to logging, the hole shall be circulated clean and the mud
conditioned.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.2-3
2.2. Check that the mud samples have been collected, properly
labelled and given to the Logging Engineer for resistivity
measurements.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.1-2
2.3. After logging and prior to running casing, a wiper trip shall be
carried out to condition the hole.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.1-3
2.4. If there is a long logging period or before a RFT, an intermediate
wiper trip shall be run if deemed necessary by the Company
Drilling and Completion Supervisor.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 35 of 206

Reference
3. LOG FISHING
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.1-9
3.1. The weak point in the logging string shall be checked and changed
regularly.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.6
3.2. The normal procedure to attempt to free a stuck tool is to pull
tension on the wire up to just below the breaking strain of the weak
point, or as advised by the Logging Engineer
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.1.10
3.3. The Company Drilling and Completion Supervisors must be sure
the Logging Engineer has dimensional drawings of all tools run in
hole, has appropriate overshot for all tools and appropriate
crossovers are available on the rig floor for a possible fishing
operation of logging tools.

Reference
4. SAFETY
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.4
4.1. Explosives sources
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.5
4.2. Radioactive sources

Reference List:
‘Drilling Procedures Manual‘ DARQ/WOP/MAN/003

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 36 of 206

OP. 2.6. CASING/LINER RUN

Reference
1. CASING
1.1. General Notes
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1-2
1.1.1. The Company Drilling Engineer should be present on the rig,
whenever possible, for the intermediate casing operations and to
assist the Drilling Supervisor during critical phases, providing
technical assistance.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 4.6.2
1.1.2. On production casing and production liners in producing wells,
whatever the diameter, the connections must have metal-to-metal
seals then, premium connections are mandatory.

1.2. Preparation
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.2-2
1.2.1. Casing shall be accurately measured and drifted. Each joint shall
be drifted with on API drift or a specially built drift in case of non-
standard casing.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.2-3
1.2.2. The joints will be counted and each joint numbered.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.2-4
1.2.3. The joints to be excluded from the string will be clearly marked. A
special mark for defective joints will be used and specified in the
manifest for back loading.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.2-5
1.2.4. Crossover joint thread connections should be drifted and checked
for thickness and correct thread type.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.2-6
1.2.5. Threads should be cleaned with a high-pressure stream of water
or an evaporating solvent such as Varsol, otherwise manually
cleaned on API connections. Diesel left in the thread roots can
prevent the thread compound from forming an effective seal.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.2-7
1.2.6. Casing shall be visually inspected to check hooks used in the box
and pin ends while handling did not damage it.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.2-17
1.2.7. Ensure that the cement plugs are compatible with the inside
diameter of the casing string.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 12.1.2-9
1.2.8. The float equipment and casing accessories will be inspected.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.2-12
1.2.9. The joints between shoe and collar couplings should be loose
otherwise spare couplings should be ordered to provide a means
of thread locking both sides of the couplings.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 37 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.2-18
1.2.10. Casing power tongs and associated equipment shall be visually
inspected to ensure it is of proper size and condition.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.2-19
1.2.11. The drill line shall be cut and/or slipped prior to running casing,
regardless of its condition.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.2-20
1.2.12. Links, elevators, hook assembly and draw work brakes shall be
inspected by Magnaflux prior to running heavy strings.

1.3. Preliminary Operations


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.4-1
1.3.1. After open hole log, a trip to bottom is recommended to condition
the hole and mud. The Mud Engineer shall check and, if
necessary, adjust the mud properties. Plastic viscosity, yield
strength and weight shall be kept as low as possible.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.4-5
1.3.2. Retrieve the wear bushing/seat protector
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.4-4
1.3.3. Replace the upper pipe rams with the correct size of rams for the
casing to be run. A pressure test of the bonnet and rams seals
shall be performed when the pipe rams are changed
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.4-6
1.3.4. Do not lay down the BHA unless unavoidable. Before running 7"
casing, breakout BHA and 5" DP. While waiting on cement lay
down the BHA and 5" DP.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.4-10
1.3.5. Calculate the maximum allowable overpull while running casing.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.4-13
1.3.6. Check the length of elevator links several days in advance for
fitness with equipment i.e. spider, circulating/cementing heads,
circulating casing packer.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.4-17
1.3.7. Test the sealing adapter 30"-20" shoe for perfect fit.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.4-11
1.3.8. Landing joints are to be inspected and selected to avoid
interference with wellhead. The coupling must be minimum a 2m
from casing hanging point.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.3-5
1.3.9. Check casing clamp inside diameters to assure free passage of
positive centralisers.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.4-15
1.3.10. Install centralisers as per the Drilling Programme when the casing
is on the pipe rack, in order to avoid time wasting during casing
running.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 38 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.4-16
1.3.11. Check shoe and collar integrity.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.4-21
1.3.12. Check subs, crossovers, stage collar, ECIP for correct threads,
dimensions, etc.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.4-22
1.3.13. Visually inspect the casing internal surface on the pipe rack to
ensure that all joints are free from foreign matter.

1.4. Running Procedures


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.5-1
1.4.1. A tested circulating sub, fitting the casing thread, equipped with a
WECO connection, shall be readily available on rig floor at all
times in open position and without thread protector.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.5-4
1.4.2. Use thread lock compound in all the connections on and below the
float collar (or landing collar).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.5-8
1.4.3. Make-up torque must be in accordance with manufacturer’s DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.2
specification and corrected with the relative friction indices of the
thread compound in use.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.5-6
1.4.4. After running 6 joints, make up the circulating head and test the
float equipment pumping at the maximum displacement rate.
Record pressure losses due to collar and shoe at various flow
rates.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.2-32
1.4.5. Back-up tongs and make up joint analysers, including a torque
limitor, shall always be used when running metal-to-metal seals.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.5-9
1.4.6. Rotary slips with safety clamp and side door elevator may be run
to a weight equal to 60% of the rating for the elevators. Beyond
such value, use slip power elevator and spider. Anyway slip power
elevator and spider shall always be used when running casing in
open hole.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.5-11
1.4.7. The maximum casing running speed should be calculated for the
well specific mud properties and formation integrity. As a rule of
thumb, running speed should never exceed 0.6m/sec. (20sec/joint)
inside casing and 0.3m/sec. (40sec/joint) in open hole.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.5-13
1.4.8. While running the casing compare the actual string weight and pit
level, with theoretical values previously plotted, in order to detect
any possible abnormal condition.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 39 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.5-14
1.4.9. Intermediate circulation is generally not necessary, however it may
be advisable under the following circumstances:
• When the weight indicator shows excessive dragging or a
tendency to stick.
• When an excessive amount of mud cake, cuttings or shale is
expected.
• When it is anticipated that returns will be lost if excessively
high pump pressure is required to break circulation at bottom.
• At the previous casing shoe.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.5-17
1.4.10. At the previous casing shoe depth fill up the string completely and
circulate the volume inside the casing. Check levels and start
circulation at a very low pump rate increasing gradually up to the
maximum allowable displacement rate. Record the circulating
pressures at the various flow rates.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.5-19
1.4.11. With the casing at TD circulate the total hole volume, following the
procedure in step 1.4.10.

Reference
2. CORROSION RESISTANT ALLOY (CRA) CASING OPERATIONS
2.1. Preliminary Operations
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2
2.1.1. Pre-job meetings for running CRA (Corrosion Resistant Alloys)
must be held between the Company Rig-site Representative, the
Thread Inspector and the Casing Make up Supervisor to discuss
the procedures and responsibilities of the operations and the make
up criteria.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2
2.1.2. Chrome tubulars are extremely susceptible to galling and to local
cold working if improperly stressed or impacted during shipping
and handling.
Excessive bending during lifting of single joints, or bundles of
joints, can also cause unacceptable levels of stress to be imparted.
Improper handling can lead to an increase in hardness or change
in mechanical properties which may result in detrimental forms of
corrosion such as sulphide stress corrosion cracking and uneven
corrosion.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2.1-2
2.1.3. CRA casing should be set on racks to allow enough space for a
360° revolution for cleaning and inspection.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2.1-3
2.1.4. Ensure drift mandrels conform to API requirements or the
manufacturer’s specification (Teflon drifts are recommended).

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 40 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2.1-4
2.1.5. Always have clean thread protectors on the connections when
moving or handling pipe.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2.1-6
2.1.6. Ensure the accuracy of the torque/time/turn recorder when running
CRA casing.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2.1-7
2.1.7. Always use a stabbing guide to assure the connection is stabbed
with no thread or seal damage.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2.1-8
2.1.8. Ensure that the correct sized and serviceable tubular safety clamp
is available for first few joints.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2.1-9
2.1.9. Protect the areas CRA casing when is moved with wooden cover
(‘V’ door, ramps, rack, etc.).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2.1-11
2.1.10. Special CRC stop collars (without nails) are imperative for CRA
casing as well as ‘non marking jaws’ on the power tongs.

2.2. Transportation
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.2
2.2.1. Chrome tubulars will be dispatched from the mill in special
transport frames. These will be loaded into wooden crates for
shipment. The tubulars will be covered by nylon sheets, and
wrapped with Drilltec Econorap. The transport boxes are designed
to prevent movement of, and contact between individual joints
during transportation. The wrapping will also minimise the risk of
the tubing coming into contact with seawater during transportation.
The transport frames will be removed from the wooden crates prior
to shipment offshore.

2.2.2. Casing and Tubing protectors shall protect the threads and seal
areas. Casing protectors shall allow the lifting of pipes through
hooks applied to the ends without any damage to thread. Casing
thread protectors shall be closed end type for sizes up to and
including 9 5/8.

2.3. Marine Transport

2.3.1. • The transport frames will be arranged on deck in order to DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.4

prevent longitudinal movement.


• Protection, such as tyres or heavy rope, will be used to protect
the transport frames from other cargo.
• The transport frames will not be stacked more than three high.
• No other cargo will be placed on top of the transport frames.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 41 of 206

2.4. Road Transport

2.4.1. • The transport boxes will be properly loaded, and supported DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.3

along their entire length.


• Chrome tubulars will not be removed from their transport
frames until arrival on the installation.
• Security of the bolts on the transport frames will be checked by
a Company representative, or an approved designate, before
lifting to ensure that the tubulars are secured, and so prevent
movement of the tubulars within the transport frames.
• The transport frames will be secured using nylon straps.
• Any loose tubing should also be secured by nylon straps.

2.5. Handling at the well site


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2.2
2.5.1. Chrome tubulars must not be allowed to contact other metallic
material, including supports and tubulars of the same material.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2.2
2.5.2. Where metal impact or handling devices have inadvertently been
used the tubing joint will be set aside for further checking.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2.2
2.5.3. Plastic supports will be used to support chrome tubulars and
prevent rolling.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2.2
2.5.4. The recommended stacking heights for various sizes of tubing are:
• 7” 29lbs/ft 6 rows
• 51/2” 17lbs/ft 8 rows
• 41/2” 12.6lbs/ft 9 rows.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2.1
2.5.5. CRA casing should be set on racks to allow enough space for a
360° revolution for cleaning and inspection.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2.2
2.5.6. The supports will be properly spaced to prevent bellying of the
pipe, and so prevent water accumulation.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2.2
2.5.7. Plastic or Teflon drift must be used. Drifting cable must be coated
as well.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.5-10
2.5.8. If driftable open-ended protectors are provided then they will be
installed (after cleaning as above), and the tubing drifted with the
appropriate size drift.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 42 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.5-11
2.5.9. If closed end protectors are provided then they will be installed
after drifting the tubing.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.5-12
2.5.10. The tubing will be drifted from end to end using a nylock drift to
API spec. The drift dimensions will be as per (API RP 5A5):
• 7" 29lbs/ft 6.059" (153.9 mm)
• 51/2 " 17lbs/ft 4.767" (121.1 mm)
• 41/2" 12.6lbs/ft 3.833" (97.3 mm).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2.2
2.5.11. The use of water steam cleaner is recommended for thread
cleaning.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.5-9
2.5.12. As each row is laid out the thread protectors will be removed and
cleaned and the threads cleaned and inspected by an approved
thread inspector, i.e.:
• Clean the threads using a steam jet.
• Do not use oil-based solvents and wire brushes.
• Dry the threads with compressed air.
• Apply a thin coating of Molycote to the clean threads.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.5-15
2.5.13. If a joint is rejected for any reason, i.e. fails to drift, or if the
threads are damaged, the joint will identified with red paint. It will
then be repackaged and sent back onshore. A report detailing the
reason for rejection will be sent to the Workover Superintendent in
the Company office.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.5-16
2.5.14. The tubing will be measured from the end of the coupling to the pin
threads by the designated Company Representative and the entire
length corrected for make up loss. For shouldered connections
measure the length from box end to the shoulder on the pin.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.5-17
2.5.15. Record the joint number as per stencilled description. The
measurements will be recorded on the tubing tally form.

2.6. Running
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2.1
2.6.1. Padding material will be fitted to the V-door and catwalk areas to
prevent damage to CRA casing.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 43 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.7-2
2.6.2. The power tongs will be fitted with the correct size non-marking
dies.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.7-3
2.6.3. Single joint and side door elevators will be fitted with non-metallic
inserts.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.7-4
2.6.4. Confirm that the torque turn analyser has been correctly set-up.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.7-5
2.6.5. Pick up lines to the single joint elevators will be arranged to allow
the joint to be stabbed to hang vertically over the hole, so that no
undue pull will be exerted on one side during make up.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.7-6
2.6.6. The tubulars will be transferred to the catwalk with thread
protectors installed. Nylon slings wrapped around the joints will be
used for lifting purposes.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.7-7
2.6.7. Use single joint pick up elevators for handling tubulars onto the drill
floor.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.7-8
2.6.8. Tubing slips will be dressed with low stress dies.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.7-9
2.6.9. Care will be taken when setting pipe in the slips to prevent shock
loading and impact damage.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.7-10
2.6.10. After removing the thread protector the threads will be cleaned and
inspected (if not already done on the pipe deck).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.7-11
2.6.11. Any joints with damaged threads will be laid out, and clearly
identified.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2.2-8
2.6.12. The elevator must be placed on the pipe only after the joint is
made-up.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2.2-9
2.6.13. A safety clamp will be securely placed around the joint located in
the slips to prevent slippage (‘X’ line or flush coupling).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.7-13
2.6.14. A non-metallic (i.e. plastic) stabbing guide will be used to guide the
pin correctly into the box.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.7-14
2.6.15. The joint will be lowered slowly into the stabbing guide to allow the
man on the stabbing board, and the man on the rig floor to guide
the pin into the stabbing guide. Throughout the stabbing operation
the pipe should be kept as vertical as possible.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.7-15
2.6.16. If the stabbing operation was unsuccessful both pin and box
threads will be inspected for damage. If the box was damaged
consideration will be given to replacing it. If the pin was damaged
the joint will be laid out.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 44 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.7-16
2.6.17. After successfully stabbing the pipe the first four or five turns of the
make up will be done by hand using a nylon strap wrench.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.7-17
2.6.18. The last turns will be made using a torque turn unit with a graphical
torque turn analyser to confirm the correct make up value.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.7-18
2.6.19. The make up speed should be between 3 to 10rpm. Final make up
should be at 5RPM.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.7-19
2.6.20. The running speed will be limited to a maximum of 14 joints per
hour.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2.2-7
2.6.21. Do not use lift hooks to pick-up CRA pipe. The joints should be
lifted to the ‘V’ door by nylon slings.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2.2-10
2.6.22. Keep thread protectors on the Pin and Box until stabbing to avoid
loose scale or debris interfering with the make-up.

2.6.23. Stabbing guide must be used.

2.6.24. The use of single joint compensator is recommended as an


additional aid to stabbing.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2
2.6.25. The make-up equipment shall consist of:
• Power tong with back-up
• A-Q torque
• JAM
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2.2
2.6.26. It is suggestible to start by hand the make up for CRA tubing’s or
small size casing (5”-7”).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.2.2
2.6.27. All unused joint must be returned to the Base Shore properly
cleaned, doped and with protector fully made-up.

Reference
3. LINERS
3.1. Preliminary
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.1
3.1.1. Check aluminium ball seat receptacle is compatible with dropping
ball.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.2-2
3.1.2. Check that the liner hanger slips operate properly and are
undamaged prior to running in the hole (mechanical type).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.2-3
3.1.3. According to the liner hanger design being used, check the proper
distance between setting tool stinger and casing plug receptacle
for the correct latch-in plugs.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 45 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.2-12
3.1.4. Use long running tool polished stinger (3 m) for inclined or deep
liners.
For heavy liner or high angle wells, use a long stinger and packing
(>3m) and packer extension sleeve (>6m).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.1-3
3.1.5. Under normal conditions, the liner will be hung with a 100 to 150m
overlap into the previous casing. If a smaller overlap is necessary
due to a particular situation, it shall never be less than 50m.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.1-4
3.1.6. If the rat hole exceeds the overlap, set a cement/sand plug at a
distance from the liner shoe setting depth shorter than the overlap
itself.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.1-7
3.1.7. Drift the drill pipe and check the ID of all tools, subs, crossovers,
pup joints of the running string to ensure passage of the drill pipe
pump down plug and for dropping ball for hydraulic liner hanger.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.1-8
3.1.8. Visually inspect all tools and equipment for damaged components,
dents etc. Record the shear pressure of all shear pins.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.1-9
3.1.9. The liner hanger OD and packer extension sleeve shall be
checked and the length measured.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.1-11
3.1.10. With a liner hanger assembly with a double plug cementing
system, ensure the appropriate cementing head with dual drill pipe
darts is used.
3.2. Running & setting
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.2-4
3.2.1. Perform a circulating test at the liner hanger top to assure sealing
of the packing elements (‘O’ ring or ‘V’ chevron).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.2-5
3.2.2. Under no circumstance shall rotation be allowed to the
running string; use a back-up tong for connection make-up, and
lock the rotary table (mechanical type).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.2-6
3.2.3. At every circulation before hanger setting keep circulating pressure
at max. 80% of hanger slips setting value (hydraulic type).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.2-7
3.2.4. Record the exact liner and DP string weights including drag (hook
load down and up) to calculate the exact neutral point for the
setting tool release (10-15t bearing).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.2-8
3.2.5. When the liner setting depth is reached, start reciprocating slowly.
Break circulation pumping very slowly (100-300lpm), then increase
the flow rate to the desired value (observe for pressure surges to
avoid formation fracture) and condition the mud as per the
programme.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 46 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.2-9
3.2.6. Remove the Kelly, drop the setting ball, install the cementing head
with the swivel (drill pipe dart plug inserted) and indicating flag.
Prepare the rig floor by-pass manifold with double lines and valves
for direct and reverse circulations.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.2-10
3.2.7. After mud and hole conditioning, set the hanger following the
procedures provided by the manufacturer. If circulation time is
greater than 60min, set the hydraulic hanger before completing the
circulation and with bottom’s up above the liner head (minimum
circulating volume before dropping setting ball is the DP plus
casing capacity).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.2-11
3.2.8. Release the setting tool and pick up circa 3ft (1m) to ensure that it
has released (never pull the stinger out of the packing or dogs
above the packer's extension sleeve).

Reference List:
‘Drilling Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/003
‘Completion Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/005

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 47 of 206

OP. 2.7. CEMENTING

Reference
1. CASING CEMENTING
1.1. General notes
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.2
1.1.1. Verify the mud pumps volumetric efficiency to ascertain the
practical value of litres/stroke during displacement.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.3.1-1
1.1.2. Cementing head shall have a minimum of two inlets with ball
valves. The pressure testing of the valves shall be performed
before the installation of the cementing head on top of casing
string.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.3.1-5
1.1.3. Check the cementing lines and connect the cementing manifold to
the rig mud pumps. All lines of the cementing manifold shall be
flushed with water and pressure tested to 5,000psi prior to
cementing.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.3.1-31
1.1.4. Record all operations on pressure recorder.
Record all mixing, displacing and bumping operations on a
pressure recorder.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.3.1-12
1.1.5. Production casing:
• The slurry must be homogeneous
• A batch-mixer will be used
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.4-14
1.1.6. Thickening time must be known before starting with a cement job.

1.1.7. A mixing tank must be used when chemicals are employed.

1.1.8. Carefully check the quantity of chemicals mixed in water.


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.3.1-9
1.1.9. The use of non-rotating PDC drillable plugs is recommended to
enable further drilling phases.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.3.1-10
1.1.10. In advance to cement job, collect water and cement samples to
assure that the chemical characteristic are the same of the
samples used for pilot test.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.3.1-11
1.1.11. Mix the cement to the required slurry weight and have the weight
checked regularly. A pressurised mud balance is recommended in
order to reduce any air entering the system to a negligible volume.
The use of this tool provides advantages:
• A fluid density value that is virtually the same as that under
actual downhole conditions.
• The correct water/cement ratio. It must be noted that changing
the W/C ratio, means the amount of additives in the slurry also
change.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 48 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.3.1-13
1.1.12. When mixing cement, samples of slurry shall be collected in
numbered containers, taken at the start, middle and end of each
type of slurry.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.3.1.13
1.1.13. Also take water, mixing water samples and one sample of dry
cement from each tank used.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.3.1-7
1.1.14. The spacer volume shall be equivalent to, circa three minutes of
contact time. The use of other particular spacers, related to mud
weight and system in use, will be specified, in the drilling
programme (contact time, compatibility with cement slurry, etc.).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.3.1-19
1.1.15. Displace the cement with mud at the maximum permissible rate
and surface pressure, unless otherwise stated in the Cementing
Programme.

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.3.1-22
1.1.16. Stop displacement in the event the pressure exceeds 70% of
casing burst pressure or 5,000 psi.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.3.1-23
1.1.17. Reduce the flow rate at the end of operation to avoid any sudden
pressure surge when bumping the plug.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.3.1-24
1.1.18. Bump the plug, pressure up to conduct the casing pressure test.
Release the pressure gradually as soon as possible to avoid the
micro annulus effect.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.3.1-25
1.1.19. The bumping pressure values are always given in the Drilling
Programme.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.3.1-26
1.1.20. Should the plug not bump, never over displace more than half the
shoe truck volume (between collar and shoe).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.3.1-27
1.1.21. Check for back flow to ascertain if the float equipment is holding.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.3.1-28
1.1.22. If the float equipment fails, shut-in the well by closing standpipe
manifold a period at least long enough for thickening. Monitor the
pressure gauge so that required pressure can be maintained by
bleeding excessive pressure periodically.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.3.1-29
1.1.23. In this case, the pressure remaining must not exceed the observed
differential pressure between the mud and cement.

1.2. Mudline Suspension

1.2.1. Cementing surface casing with inner string


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.4.1-1
1.2.1.1. Run all the 20" casing in the hole and stab on the landing ring.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.4.1-2
1.2.1.2. Run the inner string into the casing down to the shoe.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 49 of 206

3 DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.4.1-3
1.2.1.3. Run the two 2 /8" tubing strings into the 20”-30” annulus. Tag the
landing ring and wash out with seawater. At the same time, make
up the cementing line and fill-up the 20" casing 5" DPs annulus
with seawater. Break circulation and check if the stinger ‘O’ rings
are sealed.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.4.1-4
1.2.1.4. Pressure test the cementing line and cement the 20" casing as per
the Cementing Programme.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.4.1-5
1.2.1.5. When contaminated mud is being circulated out, start washing with
3
sea water through the 2 /8" tubing and continue the cementing job
or the displacing through the inner string.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.4.1-6
1.2.1.6. Once the cementing job is complete, check for back-flow from the
inner string and pull out of hole.
3 DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.4.1-7
1.2.1.7. Pull the 2 /8" tubing strings and rig-up the 20" circulating head.

1.2.1.8. At the end of the cement job start washing with seawater through
tubing strings.

1.2.2. Cementing casing with plugs


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.4.2-2
1.2.2.1. Disconnect the cementing line at the rig floor, keeping the
cementing head connected to the running string.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.4.2-3
1.2.2.2. To assure that there is no cement in the annulus above the
running tool, follow the procedure listed below for hangers
equipped with wash ports.
• Record the hook load to support the weight of the running
string. Adjust the tension to the free point (neutral at the
hanger threads).
• Rotate the running string to open the wash ports in the hanger.
• Reconnect the cementing line to the cementing head and
circulate out all excess slurry. Continue until the annulus is
clean.
• Disconnect the cementing line.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.4.2-4
1.2.2.3. Rotate the running string, in the opposite direction, measuring the
downward movement of the running string.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.4.2-5
1.2.2.4. Energise the seal. Reconnect the cementing line and pressure test
the casing and running tool.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 50 of 206

Reference
2. LINER
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.3-1
2.1. Excess cement slurry will be 20% of the dual caliper data volume
in open hole based on slurry return at the top of the liner.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.3-1
2.2. The slurry must be batch-mixed.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.3-2
2.3. Design a proper and compatible spacer to separate the drilling
mud from the cement slurry (for 150m of annulus with balanced
weight spacer possibly with 8-10 minutes contact's time).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.3-3
2.4. Displace cement with cementing unit (shallow liners). Use rig
pumps for deep liners.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.3-4
2.5. If no shear of wiper plug is observed, do not bump the plug: use
theoretical displacement volume only.
3 DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.3-5
2.6. Reduce the pump rate to 300-400l/min, 1-2 m before the
expected bump plug. Once the theoretical volume has been
displaced, if the plug does not bump, overdisplace a maximum 2/3
of the shoe track volume (between the landing collar and the float
shoe).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.3-6
2.7. Bump the plug with 500-1,000psi above the final displacement
pressure. However, the bumping plug value will be stated in the
Drilling Programme.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.3-7
2.8. Bleed off the pressure very slowly and check for back flow.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.3-8
2.9. Pressurise approx. 300psi in order to check the correct sting out.
Pick up the setting tool and circulate at least twice the annulus
capacity while moving the string.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.7.3-9
2.10. Pull the setting tool.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 51 of 206

Reference
3. POST-CEMENTING OPERATIONS
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.5-1
3.1. If mechanical problems (lost circulation, etc.) are experienced
during the cementing job, or any doubt arises about cementing
results a temperature survey or CBL/CET shall be run in order to
verify the cement job quality.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.5-2
3.2. After WOC proceed as follows:
• Disconnect the kill and choke lines.
• Disconnect the flange required to set the slips.
• Raise and hang off the BOP stack.
• Set the casing on the slips with the desired tension (Refer to the
Drilling Programme), making sure that the slips are properly set.
• Cut and retrieve the casing.
• Nipple up the new casing spool.

3.3. Perform WOC applying 200psi pressure in the annulus (when


applicable).

3.4. If after WOC the annulus level is not visible fill up and make a flow
check before to resume operations.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.5-4
3.5. When drilling out a liner hanger, cement and floating equipment,
with a stage tool, the following precautions shall be taken:
• While drilling cement inside the casing, do not exceed 50rpm
and 2-5t WOB.
• While drilling the underlying formation and until the stabilisers
are out of the casing shoe, do not exceed 50-70rpm and keep
low weight and torque on bit.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.5-5
3.6. Drill out DV collar, run bit down to shut-off plug and perform DV
casing test at previous casing test pressure.

Reference
4. SQUEEZING
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.6-1
4.1. Set a Cement Retainer (CR) using wireline whenever possible at 5
to 10m above the perforations. Correlate the CCL and GR to avoid
setting the CR across a collar or perforations.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.6-2
4.2. Run the setting tool on drill pipe, apply 10 ton weight on the CR
and try to circulate testing the CR and the rubber seals (‘O’ rings)
by pressurising up on the annulus.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 52 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.6-2
4.3. Pick-up the stinger and test the surface lines from cementing unit
to cementing head at 5,000psi.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.6-5
4.4. Pick-up the stinger and mix and pump the slurry. The slurry design
depends on the feeding test results. In front and after the slurry,
pump a cushion of treated water or spacer.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.6-4
4.5. During squeeze do not exceed fracture pressure.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.6-8
4.6. Apply a moderate squeeze pressure taking into consideration the
increased hydrostatic effect of the cement column.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.6-9
4.7. Gradually increase downhole pressure to 500-1,000psi above the
pressure required to initiate the flow calculated with a residual
cement column.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.6-10
4.8. Considerations must be taken about casing collapse resistance.

4.9. • The pressure reaches a high value, help the stinger seals by DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.6-12

applying pressure on the annulus.


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.6-13
4.10. Pick-up the stinger and reverse circulate out the excess cement.
Record the volume fluid taken back.

Reference List:
‘Drilling Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/003

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 53 of 206

OP. 2.8. WELLHEAD

Reference
1. BASE FLANGE
1.1. Welding Procedure
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.1-5
1.1.1. Cut the casing at about 200-400mm from cellar deck using a guide
frame to ensure the cut is horizontal.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.1-7
1.1.2. Install the base flange, checking it is horizontal and that the lateral
outlets are aligned according to the Company Drilling and
Completion Supervisor’s requirements.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.1-11
1.1.3. Perform internal welding first, then external.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.1-14
1.1.4. Once started, welding should be finished without interruption. Slow
cooling should be carried out by using appropriate insulating
systems.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.1-15
1.1.5. Pressure test the welding after complete cooling of the base
flange.

1.2. Safety
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.2-a
1.3. During the time of operation to prepare and carry out the welding
of the base flange, it is absolutely forbidden to work on the drilling
floor or in proximity of the wellhead.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.2-b
1.4. Make sure that the welder has efficient ground and safety switches
conforming to CEI standards or other international/local
regulations.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.2-c
1.5. The welder and his assistant must wear protective clothing.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.2-d
1.6. The welder must never be left by himself.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.2-e
1.7. The work area must be protected from any falling objects. For this
reason a protective system with scaffolding must be built in order
to guarantee safety during the base flange welding operations.

1.8. Pressure Testing


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.3-a
1.8.1. Pressure testing must be carried out using hydraulic oil after
cooling of the braden head. Temperature must be less than 50°C.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.3-a
1.8.2. For pressure value of the test welding follow the drilling
programme. In any case never exceed 70% of casing collapse
pressure.
3 DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.3-c
1.8.3. Re-install test port /4” NPT plug.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 54 of 206

Reference
2. CASING SPOOL
2.1. Slip Installation
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.4-1
2.1.1. All slips, packing elements and ring joints and their seats should
be thoroughly cleaned and lubricated.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.4-5
2.1.2. Clean and inspect the ID of the base flange, polishing out any
burrs or scratches.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.4-8
2.1.3. Lower the slips into the base flange bowl until they shoulder on the
casing spool, checking the correct alignment of the slip segments
and the correct position.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.4-4
2.1.4. Be sure that the correct tension is applied to the casing string
(hang off load).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.4-9
2.1.5. The casing tension shall be slowly released.
Slippage between slip and casing must not be allowed.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.1
2.1.6. One spare set of casing slips and rubber elements shall be
available on rig site.

2.2. Primary And Secondary Packing Installation


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.6-2
2.2.1. Install the first primary support. Place the primary support over the
casing with the bevelled side up. Lower the packing support until it
shoulders on the body counterbore.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.6-3
2.2.2. Install the primary packing by:
• Clean and oil the casing and packing thoroughly.

• Fit one side of the packing lip over the casing.

• Insert a clean welding rod (with the flux removed) or screw


driver between the ID of the base flange and the OD of the
packing. This will facilitate installation of the primary packing.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.6-8
2.2.3. Install the secondary packing by:
• Thoroughly grease the packing and fit one side of the packing
lip over the casing.

• Install the packing with a hammer as in step (4).

• Drive the packing down until it contacts the first secondary


support.

• Install the second secondary support by placing the secondary


support over the casing with bevel facing down. Lower support
until it contacts the secondary packing.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 55 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.3
2.2.4. The flange stud bolts must be tightened with the requested torque
using a torque wrench.
Use of a ‘hydraulic stud tensioning system’ is preferable to reduce
make-up time of flanges.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.3
2.2.5. A check of the tightening torque of the stud bolts must be done
during drilling and after each BOP test.

2.3. Primary And Secondary Packing Group Test


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.12
2.3.1. Test packing group with hydraulic oil as follows
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.12
2.3.1.1. Install the test equipment.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.12-4
2.3.1.2. During the seal test the annulus space valve of the previous casing
must be kept open with the 2” LP plug disassembled, as a leak in
the primary packing group could put the annulus space under
pressure.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.12-5
2.3.1.3. Upon completion of the test, bleed off all pressure and unscrew
the relief needle valve so as to avoid it breaking during the BOP
stack movement.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.12-6
2.3.1.4. Test the BOP with a cup tester. The needle valve must be
replaced in its relative test port with the needle completely open.
The annulus space valve of the previous casing must be also kept
open.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.12-3
2.3.2. For test pressure value, see drilling program. In any case do not
exceed 70% of casing collapse pressure.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.1.2.12-3
2.3.3. For all test pressure shall be kept for at least 15 minutes.

Reference
3. MISCELLANEOUS
3.1. Lateral outlets of base flange and casing spools should be
oriented according to Company requirements (interference with
other wellheads, etc.).

3.2. Annulus pressure must be checked weekly and recorded on the


drilling report. Keep a record of the fluids pumped into or
discharged from the well.

3.3. In offshore installations use stainless ring joints, cadmium-plated


studs and bolts and sea fog protected spools.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 56 of 206

Reference
4. UNDERWATER WELL HEAD.
4.1. Wellhead datum

4.1.1. Relieve seabed consistency.

4.1.2. Relieve water depth as the distance between the seabed and
Lowest Astronomical Tide (LAT).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
4.1.3. Record water depth, air gap, wellhead datum and RKB/seabed
distance on the drilling report.

4.1.4. Calculate the drill floor to seabed distance and LAT after tagging
the seabed with the TGB, taking into account the drilling draught
and tidal variation.

4.1.5. On installation of the BOP on the subsea wellhead, a BOP


spaceout scheme shall be filled up, giving depths and dimensional
references.

4.2. Temporary Guide Base


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.1
4.2.1. Using the result of the soil test, determine the condition of the
seabed and whether the TGB should be run.
Use of a TGB is inadvisable in presence of seabed inconsistency
or excessive slope.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
4.2.2. Install a slope indicator on the TGB. If the angle exceeds 5°, reset
the TGB or avoid use.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
4.2.3. Insert a bumper sub in the TGB running string.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
4.2.4. Tension up and mark the guidelines at spider deck level before
drilling out commences. This ensures that any sinking or tilting,
during later drilling operation may be detected.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
4.2.5. Observe setting the TGB on the seabed with SSTV or ROV.

4.3. Permanent Guide Base


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
4.3.1. Install two slope indicators on the PGB.
Check parallel alignment and verticality of posts.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
4.3.2. Before cementing 30” casing, check angle of PGB. If it shows
more than 1.5°, pull the PGB at the moonpool and move rig.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.2.1
4.3.3. If P.G.B. shows more than 1.5 deg, attempt to straighten with
guideline tension or pick up the P.G.B. 1 m above the T.G.B. If not
successful, contact COMPANY Shore Base (Drilling Manager/
Superintendent).

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 57 of 206

4.4. Drilling 26" Hole And Running 20" Casing

4.4.1. Operations With Drilling Riser


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.2.2
4.4.1.1. If it is mandatory to run a marine riser, the use of a subsea diverter
is suggested.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.2.2
4.4.1.2. To minimise the hazard of drilling into shallow gas pockets, it is
essential to prepare emergency procedures specific for each rig
and to ensure that rig personnel are trained in this subject.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.2.2.1
4.4.1.3. If it is decided to use a subsea diverter, a complete pressure test
should be performed at surface.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.2.2.2
4.4.1.4. If Drill the pilot hole through the riser, when open the hole to 26”,
have an adequate volume of kill mud in reserve.

4.4.2. Operations Without Drilling Riser


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.2.3
4.4.2.1. When shallow gas hazards exist, it is mandatory to drill a pilot
hole. Since the flow potential is influenced by the hole size and by
the penetration into the gas bearing formation, it is recommended
to drill the smallest reasonable pilot hole and to position MWD as
close as possible to the bit.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.2.3
4.4.2.2. Drilling a pilot hole, have an adequate volume of kill mud in
3
reserve (generally 70 to 100 m at 1.2-1.4 kg/l).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.2.3.1
4.4.2.3. The subsea wellhead shall be continuously observed with- the
subsea TV/ROY and MWD data constantly monitored in order to
detect a kick as early as possible.
3
4.5. 18 /4 housing
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.1
4.5.1. Ensure that a spare ‘O’ ring for each type of housing running tool,
squnch joint, seat protector, B.O.P. testing tool, hanger running
tool, Pack-off running/testing tool, Retrieving/reinstallation pack-off
tool, Wear bushing, Connector ring gasket in use is kept onboard.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.2.4
4.5.2. Before running, carefully inspect seal area of 18 3/4" wellhead
housing.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.2.4
4.5.3. Run the 18”3/4 housing with the seat protector installed.

4.6. Hangers
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.1
4.6.1. One spare hanger for each diameter in use must be available
onboard.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 58 of 206

4.7. Pack Off


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.1.1
4.7.1. One spare pack-off for each diameter in use must be available on
board.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.6.5
4.7.2. Pack-off shall be pressure tested, step by step, with water,
checking accurately the pressuring volume, to 70% of BOP
working pressure.

Reference
5. COMPACT WELLHEAD
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.2-1
5.1. Cut all conductor pipes of the platform at the same level in order to
use the same landing string.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.2-3
5.2. Prior to running the wellhead, remove all lateral studs (if present)
avoiding damage during handling operations.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.2-6
5.3. Before running casing, wash the hanger seat (use the appropriate
washing tool if available).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.2-7
5.4. Wash inside the wellhead after each cementing job.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.4-8
5.5. An emergency slip suspension system (as back up) must be
onboard.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.2-8
5.6. Spare ‘O’ rings and seals must be held onboard.

Reference
6. MUDLINE SUSPENSION
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.3.1-1
6.1. A driveable Remote Releasable Connection may be installed on
the landing joint, which avoids sending divers to the sea floor to
release the connector for abandonment.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.3.1-2
6.2. The 30” landing ring depth will be checked, after running the 30”
CP, using a special 26” skirted bit. Ensure tools are adjusted to the
ID of the mudline landing ring.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.3.1-3
6.3. Check part numbers, condition, dimensions, general compatibility
with of the tools and equipment the casing and well requirements,
tested and in good serviceable condition.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.3.1-3
6.4. A complete back-up set of seals and ‘O’ rings, adequate casing
pup joints are needed to space-out the running tools and must be
available onboard.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.5.1-4
6.5. All running tools or tieback tools should be assembled to the
respective hangers to confirm that there is no damage due to
previous use or improper handling.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.3.1-4
6.6. Ensure all seals and ‘O’ rings are removed from the
running/tieback tools before making them up. Running tools should
then be removed and new seals fitted.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 59 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.3.1-4
6.7. The threads should then be lubricated and protected by storing in
the proper handling case.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.3.1-5
6.8. Before running the casing it is recommended that the mudline
casing hanger and the running tool be made up to the casing joints
or casing pup joint, and laid out on the pipe rack. Alternatively they
may be joined together and racked back in the derrick.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.3.1-5
6.9. Before making up the running tool to the mudline casing hanger,
reconfirm that both seal and ‘O’ rings are intact and undamaged.
Thread and seal areas should be greased following the
manufacturer’s requirements (avoid the use of pipe or thread
compound).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.3.1-5
6.10. Ensure that the hanger is correctly and fully made up to the
running tool.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.3.1-6
6.11. The casing landing string should be spaced with the wellhead to
ensure that any couplings are to be a min of 2m away from the
casing hanging point. Casing pup joints will be used, if necessary.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.3.1-8
6.12. Pull the bit to the mudline suspension point and wash with the
maximum flow rate possible at the casing hanger suspension
point.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.3.1-8
6.13. If available, the proper hanger landing profile clean-out tool should
be used. This tool ensures the full cleaning of the landing profile.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.3.1-10
6.14. Operation of mudline equipment must be strictly conducted as per
manufacturer’s instructions.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.3.1-11
6.15. Flushing the annulus through the mudline washing ports is
essential.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.3.1-12
6.16. Close attention should be paid to casing string rotation, torque and
vertical movement of the casing string to ensure that the correct
measurements are achieved, and the operations are performed
properly.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.5.1-14
6.17. Measurement of the mudline position (hanger land-off point and
top of casing hanger) must be recorded on the well report for
landing subsequent casing strings and for future corrosion
cap/tieback operations.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 15.3
6.18. Verify the integrity of the casing by pressure testing after the
closure of washout ports.

Reference List:
‘Drilling Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/003

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 60 of 206

OP. 2.9. WELL CONTROL

Reference
1. PERSONNEL
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 1.4
1.1. It is required that each member of crew should be familiar with
every item of equipment used in well control. The minimum
personal knowledge and capabilities required for a crew member
to be considered competent is:
• To have sufficient knowledge of all the equipment in order to
be able to determine when operating functions are not working
properly, and consequently, take all necessary remedial
actions to re-instate full functionality.
• To have sufficient knowledge of operating procedures in order
to be able to react in due time, understanding completely what
is occurring.
• To be able to correctly interpret the various abnormal situations
and take the appropriate remedial steps of action.
• Carry out basic calculations, and use the results in order to
safely manage any occurrences.
1 DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 1.4
1.2. Key personnel such shall have the fundamental theoretical
knowledge on kick and blow-out control techniques and also hold a
current Well Control Certificate issued by an accredited industry
training institute recognised by Governmental bodies and the
Company.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 2.1.1
1.3. Any ‘underbalance’ drilling operation, which is normally not
authorised on wildcat, shall be approved by the Company Drilling
and Completion Manager through a well-detailed drilling
programme or by written instruction.

Reference
2. RECORDING
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.1.1-a
2.1. All BOP tests, drills, function tests, any malfunctions, repair or
maintenance to the mud system and well control equipment shall
be recorded in the IADC daily reports and shall be signed by both
the Drilling Contractor's Tool pusher and Company's Drilling and
Completion Supervisor on the well site. They shall also be
recorded in the Agip Iran B.V. ‘Daily Drilling Report’.

1 As Key personnel is intended: Rig Manager Tool Pusher, Tour Pusher, Driller, Assistant Driller, Company Supervisor, Mud Logger

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 61 of 206

Reference
3. PRIMARY CONTROL
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 2.1.1
3.1. Primary well control is at first achieved by the implementation of a
properly prepared drilling programme, based on pore pressure
predictions, (refer to the Overpressure Evaluation Manual). This
information should allow the proposed well targets to be reached,
protecting personnel, rig equipment and Company assets.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 2.1.3
3.2. It is the responsibility of the Drilling Contractor to keep the hole full
at all times by using all the available equipment. The Drilling and
Completion Supervisor shall monitor that the correct preventive
practices are being implemented and/or conducted at all times.
Extreme care shall be taken to monitor mud volume, drilling breaks
and gas cut mud.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 2.1.4
3.3. For each phase of drilling, the MAASP value depends on the
following factors:
• Mud weight.
• Minimum formation fracture gradient below the shoe.
• Minimum casing burst resistance of the last casing string.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 2.1.4
3.4. The MAASP shall be defined by the Company's Wellsite Drilling
and Completion Supervisor, either after setting each new casing
string or, whenever the density of the drilling mud changes.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 2.1.4
3.5. The MAASP shall be clearly written on a Kick Control sheet that
will be posted near the choke control panel.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 3
3.6. The correct distance at which kelly/top drive is to be pulled above
rotary should be posted on rig floor near the BOP control panel.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 2.1.5
3.7. The Driller is responsible for carefully measuring and recording the
RPSP. The normal circulation flowrate shall be reduced
approximately to 1/3 in 121/4" and larger hole sections and 1/2 in 81/2"
hole sections. Awareness of these values is an important element
in killing operations, in order to avoid formation breakdown.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 2.1.5
3.8. It is a best practice to measure and record the RPSP at three
different flow rates, with all pumps.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 2.1.5
3.9. RPSP must be taken at the following times as a minimum:
• Once per tour, or every 300m (1,000ft) intervals.
• Whenever changes occur in the mud density/rheology.
• Whenever changes occur in the dimension and characteristics
of the string, i.e. change in BHA, jet size, jet plugged or jet lost,
etc.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 62 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 2.1.5
3.10. On floating rigs, the RPSP shall be measured by circulating, first
through the riser and then through the choke/kill line.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 2.1.5
3.11. If circulating through the choke manifold, the adjustable choke
must be completely open.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 2.1.5
3.12. On wells in deep water, at least two or more reduced circulating
rates, pressures and corresponding choke line pressure losses
should be recorded plus the pressure losses through both lines
used in parallel.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 2.1.5
3.13. The RPSP pressures must be measured on the choke control
panel gauge or on the gauge, which would be used during well
control operations and recorded on the IADC report.

Reference
4. SECONDARY CONTROL
4.1. Wile Drilling
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 3
4.1.1. Space-out must be known to the Driller at all times to keep tool
joints clear of bag preventer and rams.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 2.1.3
4.1.2. Any time a drilling break is noticed, drilling shall stop (ensure no
more than 1.5m or 5ft is applied into the break) and a static
monitoring of the well shall be carried out.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 2.2.2
4.1.3. If the well is flowing:
• Close the well as per the ‘Shut-in Procedure’
(DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 chap. 3).
• Immediately notify the Company Wellsite Drilling and
Completion Supervisor and Drilling Contractor Toolpusher.
4.2. Wile Tripping
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 2.2.3
4.2.1. Stop tripping, install a full opening safety valve (lower kelly cock)
and close the same; fill up the hole if required, and check for flow.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 2.2.3
4.2.2. If while tripping out a swabbing is noticed but the well is not
flowing:
• Run back to bottom
• Circulate bottoms up
• Resume tripping with extreme care.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 2.2.3
4.2.3. If while tripping out, a swabbing is noticed and the well is flowing:
• Close the well as per the ‘Shut-In Procedure’
(DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 chapter 3.
• Immediately notify the Company Wellsite Drilling and
Completion Supervisor and Drilling Contractor Toolpusher.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 63 of 206

4.3. Shut-in Procedure


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 3
4.3.1. The correct distance at which kelly/top drive is to be pulled above
rotary should be posted on rig floor near the BOP control panel.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 3
4.3.2. Agip Iran B.V. standard well shut-in procedure is the Soft Shut-In
Procedure.
4.3.3. Soft Shut In Procedure For Land Rigs, Jack Ups And Fixed
Platform.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 3.1.1
4.3.3.1. If well pressure plus RPSP exceeds 75% of the rated working
pressure of the top drive/standpipe, then use a circulation head
and possibly the cement unit.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 3.1.1
4.3.3.2. Using the top Drive, a float valve or a drop in sub (preferably a
retrievable type drop in valve) should be used to allow
disconnection of the string below the lower IBOP.
4.3.3.3. Using the Top Drive, During tripping with 31/2” DP in 7” casing, the DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 3.1.2

normally installed 73/8” OD lower BOP and the 73/4” - 8” OD


crossover do not allow stripping operations, due to their large ODs.
In this case avoid making-up the top drive at first.
4.3.4. Soft Shut In Procedure (Floaters).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 3.2.1
4.3.4.1. The use of a circulating head is mandatory when the drill string
motion compensator is not operational or when circulation
pressures are expected to exceed the 75% working pressure of
Top Drive/standpipe.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 3.2.1
4.3.4.2. Using the Top Drive, a float valve or a drop in sub (preferably a
retrievable type drop in valve) should be used to allow
disconnection of the string below the lower IBOP.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 64 of 206

Reference
5. KILLING PROCEDURE
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 5
5.1. The proper method for treating the kick shall be selected by the
Company representative (Wellsite Drilling and Completion
Supervisor and/or Company Drilling and Completion Manager).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 5.1
5.2. All methods to be used to bring the well under control are based
on the ‘Constant Bottom Hole Pressure’ concept, as recommended
by API-RP 59 ‘Recommended Practices for Well Control
Operations’.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 5.1
5.2.1. Other permitted well control methods, depending on particular
situations, are the ‘Wait and Weight’, ‘Driller’s Method’ and the
‘Volumetric Method’.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 5.1
5.2.2. Bullheading may also be considered when the other preferred
killing methods are not applicable.

Reference
6. STRIPPING PROCEDURES
6.1. Off bottom kicks
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 4.1
6.1.1. Whenever practicable and safe, the bit should be stripped back to
bottom to allow implementation of the most effective and practical
killing method.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 4.1
6.1.2. If the well is flowing, under no circumstances will the pipe be run in
the hole unless stripping-in is implemented.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 4.2
6.2. If conditions require stripping using ram preventers, the lower rams
shall not be used but kept in reserve.

6.3. Stripping through annular preventers


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 4.2.1
6.3.1. To prevent premature damage to the rubber element while
stripping, the closing hydraulic pressure should be reduced to the
minimum possible.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 4.2.2
6.3.2. Stripping through ram preventers should only be considered when;
the surface pressure is greater than the stripping pressure of the
annular preventer, or if this pressure cannot be reduced to within
safe annular working limits.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 4.2.2
6.4. Bag-to-Ram stripping is preferred to Ram-to-Ram, unless surface
pressures are such that the annular cannot operate safely.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 4.2.2
6.5. Taking the above into consideration, Ram-to-Ram stripping is only
allowed with a three pipe ram BOP configuration. A two-pipe ram
BOP configuration can only allow Bag-to-Ram stripping.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 4.2.
6.6. Stripping through bag preventer should be avoided if the pressure
2
exceeds 70 kg/cm .

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 65 of 206

Reference
7. EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (LAND RIGS, JACK-UPS AND FIXED
PLATFORMS)
7.1. Equipment must be as specified in ‘Guidelines for inspection or
acceptance tests of Drilling Units’.

7.2. Where H2S is expected and when on wildcat wells, equipment


must be for H2S service.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.1.1
7.3. A 5,000psi WP stack should have at least:
• Two ram type preventers (one shear ram and one pipe
ram).
• One 2,000psi annular type preventer.
A 10,000psi stack should have at least:
• Three ram type preventers (one shear ram and two pipe
ram).
• One 5,000psi annular type preventer.
A 15,000psi stack should have at least:
• Four ram type preventers (one shear ram and three pipe
ram)
• One 10,000psi annular type preventer
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.1.1-c
7.4. The minimum distance between the shear rams and hang-off pipe
rams shall be 80cm (30”).

7.5. All preventers shall be equipped with lock system device.


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.1.1-d
7.6. In 10000 and 15000 psi stack, a set of pipe rams must be always
installed below the hang-off pipe rams.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.1.1-j
7.7. The choke line configuration must allow circulating through the
sheared drill pipe.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.1.1-g
7.8. Each choke and kill line BOP outlet shall be equipped with two full
bore valves, the outer valve of which will be hydraulically operated
(preferably fail-safe closed).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.1.1-h
7.9. Minimum diameter of choke line should be 3” ID.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.1.1-h
7.10. Minimum diameter of kill line should be 2” ID.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.1.1-h
7.11. For onshore rigs with 10,000 psi or more pressure equipment,
flexible choke and kill lines are not acceptable.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.1.1-h
7.12. In any case articulated choke lines (chiksan) are not acceptable.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.1.1-l
7.13. Spare parts for BOP and valves must be available on rig site.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 66 of 206

Reference
8. EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (FLOATERS)
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.1.2-a
8.1. 10,000psi WP stack systems should have 4 ram type preventers
(3 pipe rams + 1 blind/shear ram) and 1 or preferably 2 x 5,000psi
bag type preventers.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.1.2-a
8.2. 15,000psi WP stack systems should have 4 ram type preventers
(3 pipe rams + 1 blind/shear ram) and 2 x 10,000psi bag type
preventers.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.1.2-b
8.3. The upper hydraulic connector, located between the BOP stack
and the Lower Marine Riser Package, shall have a pressure rating
equal or exceeding the WP of the bag preventers.

8.4. All ram preventers shall be equipped with ram locks.


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.1.2-d
8.5. At least one ram preventer below the blind/shear rams shall be
equipped with pipe rams to fit the drill pipe in use.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.1.2-e
8.6. Each choke and kill BOP outlet should be equipped with two fail-
safe remotely controlled gate valves.

8.7. Avoid choke and kill line outlets below the lower pipe rams, which
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.1.2-l
act as the 'master valve' of the BOP stack.

8.8. Spare parts for BOP's and valves must be available on rig site.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.1.2-K

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 67 of 206

Reference
9. BOP CONTROL SYSTEM (LAND, JACK-UPS AND FIXED
PLATFORMS)
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.2.1-a
9.1. The accumulator system should be capable of closing each ram
BOP within 30secs.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.2.1-a
9.2. The closing time should not exceed 30secs for annular preventers
3
smaller than 18 /4” nominal bore.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.2.1-a
9.3. The closing time should not exceed 45secs for annular preventers
3
of 18 /4” and larger sizes.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.2.1-b
9.4. Hydraulic operating equipment shall have at least a 3,000psi
accumulator unit equipped with two regulator valves, one to reduce
the operating fluid pressure to 1,500psi and the other for further
reduction of pressure for bag type preventer operations.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.2.1-c
9.5. The capacity of the accumulators should be at least equal to the
volume (V1), necessary to close and open all BOP functions
installed on stack once, plus 25% of V1. The liquid reserve
remaining on accumulators should still be the minimum operating
pressure of 1,200psi (200psi above the precharge pressure).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.2.1-d
9.6. The control panel shall be fitted with acoustic and visual alarms for
low accumulator pressure as well as low level in the control fluid
reservoir.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.2.1-e
9.7. A minimum of two air-driven pumps and one electrically driven
triplex pump is required for charging the accumulators. The
combination of air and electric pumps shall be capable of charging
the entire accumulator system from the precharge to full charge
pressure within 15min or less.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.2.1-f
9.8. In addition to the hydraulic master control panel, the BOP control
system shall include at least one graphic remote control panel
located on the rig floor near the Driller’s console.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.2.1-f
9.9. Offshore units shall have an additional graphic remote control
panel located at a safe distance from the rig floor, usually in
Toolpusher’s office or adjacent to the escape route from drilling
unit.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.2.1-f
9.10. Each remote control panel shall be connected to the control
manifold in such a way that all functions can be operated
independently from each panel.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 68 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.2.1-g
9.11. A safety device shall be installed on the BOP control manifold and
remote panels to prevent accidental operation of BOP controls
such as the closure of the rams (pipe or shear) on the drilling
string while drilling or tripping.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.2.1-h
9.12. The BOP end of the control hoses must be flexible and fire
proofed.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.2.1-I
9.13. The BOP accumulator electric-driven pump shall be connected to
an emergency source of power.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.1.1-b
9.14. The pipe ram preventers shall be equipped, at all times, with the
correct sized rams to match the string in use.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.1.1-e
9.15. The combination of air and electric pumps shall be capable of
charging the entire accumulator system from the precharge to full
charge pressure in 15mins.

Reference
10. BOP CONTROL SYSTEM (FLOATERS)
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.2.2-b
10.1. Two complete independent control systems (yellow pod and blue
pod) are required to ensure redundant control of all stack
functions.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.2.2-e
10.2. With charging pumps inactive, the accumulator system shall be
able to close, open and close all ram type preventers, and one bag
preventer with a resulting system pressure of 200psi or more
above the initial pre-charge.

10.3. The accumulator system should be capable of closing each ram


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.2.2-a
preventer in less than 45secs and each bag-type preventer in less
than 60secs.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.2.2-c
10.4. The rig should be equipped preferably with an emergency and fully
independent acoustic control system.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.2.2-c
10.5. The associated subsea accumulator shall be mounted on the BOP
stack, not attached to the LMRP, and should have a capacity
adequate for closure of: one ram type preventer, shear rams, and
for releasing the LMRP connector.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.2.2-f
10.6. The control panel shall be fitted with visual and acoustic alarms for
low signalling accumulator pressure, as well as control fluid
reservoir low level.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.2.2-g
10.7. A minimum of two air-driven pumps and one electrically driven
triplex pump is required for charging the accumulators.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 69 of 206

10.8. The combination of air and electric pumps shall be capable of


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.2.2-g
charging the entire accumulator system from the precharge to full
charge pressure in 15mins or less.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.2.2-h
10.9. In addition to the hydraulic master control panel, the BOP control
system shall include at least two graphic remote control panels,
one on rig floor and the other in the Rig Manager’s office.
Reference
11. CHOKE MANIFOLD (ALL)
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.3-a
11.1. All choke and kill lines and choke manifold components which may
be exposed to well pressure shall have a working pressure rating
equal or greater than that of the preventers in use.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.3-b
11.2. The minimum recommended size for all choke lines and valves is
3” (76.2mm). All valves shall be of full-opening gate valve types.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.3-c
11.3. At least four flow wings shall be provided:
• One wing to transmitting well returns directly to the discharge
manifold and shall be equipped with two gate valves.
• Three wings equipped with adjustable chokes with two gate
valves upstream of each choke and one erosion nipple
immediately downstream of each choke.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.3-d
11.4. A graphic scheme of the choke manifold shall be posted on the rig
floor.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.3-c
11.5. At least one choke shall be remote hydraulically operated.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 3
11.6. During drilling operations, the remote choke shall be left in half-
open position.

Reference
12. INSIDE PIPE SHUT-OFF DEVICES
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.4-h
12.1. In shallow holes a back flow valve must be installed in the string.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.4-a
12.2. The Kelly or Top Drive shall be equipped with an upper and a
lower Kelly cock in functioning condition. The Kelly cock’s WP shall
be equal to or greater than the rating of the preventer stack in use.
The upper Kelly cock of the top drive shall be hydraulically
operated.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.4-b
12.3. A spare full opening safety valve (lower Kelly cock) that is
compatible with drill pipe in use shall be stationed on the rig floor
at all times, in the open position and complete with removable
handles for ease of stabbing.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.4-c
12.4. A crossover for connecting the full opening safety valve to the drill
collars or tubing in use shall be also stationed on the rig floor.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 70 of 206

12.5. Wrench for cock should be kept handy.

12.6. With a TDS, one spare inside BOP and saver sub shall be
available on the rig site.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.4-d
12.7. A Gray type inside BOP, with the appropriate connection for the
drill string in use, shall be on the rig floor at all times and must be
in the open position.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.4-e
12.8. One drop-in type backpressure valve, complete with seating subs
to fit the drill string in use, shall be available.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.4-e
12.9. A wireline retrievable drop-in type backpressure valve is the
preferred type.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.4-f
12.10. All string tools installed above the sub shall have an ID greater
than the drop-in valve OD.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.4-g
12.11. A set of float valves, one for each size of drill collar, and one for
drill pipes in use, shall be kept available.

Reference
13. AUXILIARY CONTROL EQUIPMENT
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.7-a
13.1. The trip tank system shall include centrifuge pumps, fill up the line,
recirculating circuit and a mechanical mud level device equipped
with reading indicator, easily visible to the Driller. The minimum
capacity of the trip tank should be 5m3 (30bbls).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.6-b
13.2. A mud pit level volume indicator shall be installed on each tank of
the active mud system. A continuous recording pit level indicator
and totaliser, with audible alarm, is required to monitor the volume
of all active pits.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.7-i
13.3. The rated working pressure of the cementing lines shall be the
same as the BOP, which will not be less than 10,000psi. A
cementing line should be connected to the kill line.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.7-e
13.4. The rig shall be equipped with an adequate degasser, to condition
gas-cut mud, installed on the mud active system.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.6-f
13.5. On 5” OD x 5,000psi surface lines the connections must be
welded. No threads are allowed except for 2” size.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.7-g
13.6. The standpipe manifold shall be equipped with a connection, which
can be fully isolated to fit a 10,000psi cementing line and fully
isolated.

13.7. The flare must be securely anchored, at least at 30m from the
centre well.

13.8. The flare line must be as straight as possible and bends must be
of the flanged type.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 71 of 206

13.9. The ends of the BOP’s hoses must be flexible and fire proof type.

13.10. Two 5” OD x 19mm wall thick standpipes and 31/2” ID x 5,000psi DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.7-h

WP rotary hoses with welded connections are required.


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.7-j
13.11. The burner booms/flare will be connected to the choke manifold.
They will be tied in according to the safety regulations in force for
the operating zone.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.7-k
13.12. An air-operated, skid mounted, high pressure, low-volume testing
unit is required for hydraulic testing of the BOP and manifolds.

Reference
14. DIVERTER EQUIPMENT
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.6-a
14.1. Whenever possible, there must be at least two discharge lines with
the ends laterally positioned at opposite points of the rig to always
enable blowing to the leeward side.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.6-b
14.2. Diverter outlets and lines shall have a minimum internal diameter
of 12” for offshore rigs and 10” for land rigs. Welded flanges or
clamped connections are mandatory.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.6-d
14.3. Diverter valves shall be full-opening valves, preferably ball type
valves, and pneumatically or hydraulically actuated. The use of
butterfly valves is forbidden.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.6-e
14.4. The automated system shall be set to allow for immediate
automatic opening of the discharge lines followed by closure of the
shale shaker line before closing of the diverter packing.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.6-g
14.5. Each diverter system should incorporate a kill line facility (including
a check valve) in order to be able to pressure test and function test
the system and to pump water through the diverter system.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 6.6-i
14.6. The control system for the diverter should be capable of closing
any diverter smaller than 20” within 30secs and any
diverter/annular of 20” or larger within 45secs. Diverter valves
should be opened before the diverter element is completely
closed.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 72 of 206

Reference
15. MISCELLANEOUS
15.1. Five Walky-Talkies shall be available with charged batteries ready
to use.

15.2. The emergency system must be placed far from the normal power
system and it must have its own fuel tank able to ensure at least
24 continuous running hours.

15.3. Power emergency sources shall be connected to the following


services:

• Radio communication system


• Fire fighting system (offshore)
• Gas monitoring and alarm system (offshore)
• Navigation lights (offshore)
• Divers safety apparatus (offshore)
• Emergency lights in the most important place for safety.

15.4. In addition to the normal electric system and to the emergency


system, the drilling unit must be provided with a set of emergency
batteries, having enough capacity to ensure a six-hour continuous
supply of current to:
• Telecommunication system
• Navigation lights (off-shore)
• Emergency lights placed along the ways of escape, in the
heliport, in the gathering stations for ship abandonment.

The output of the batteries set must automatically switch-on


whenever the emergency electric system as per 13.2 stops
running and the main electric system is not operating.

15.5. Emergency source of compressed air shall be connected with BOP


accumulator air-driven pump.

15.6. Cellar must always be empty and clean.

15.7. The escape ways must always be kept free and clean.
3 DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.5-d
15.8. A minimum volume of 70m of kill mud at 1.4kg/l (or at least three
times the inside drill pipe volume) shall be stocked while drilling
surface hole without a BOP stack.

15.9. The pop-off valves on the mud pumps shall be set at the maximum
pressure for the liners in use.

15.10. The pump discharge must be securely fixed to the mud tank and
pump body.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 73 of 206

15.11. The mud mixing system must be efficient enough to ensure the
maximum mixing rate while weighting up and simultaneously mud
conditioning.
Reference
16. BOP AND RISER RUNNING (FLOATERS)
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.6.2
16.1. Before running the BOP stack, check the weather forecast and
refer to 'Rig Operations Manual' for maximum vessel motions for
BOP running.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.6.2
16.2. Move the rig approximately 20m away from the hole when running
the riser and BOP stack. When the telescopic joint is picked up,
reposition the rig over the hole centre again.

16.3. When landing the stack, observe the underwater operations with
SSTW or ROV. ‘Blind’ landing should only be used in emergency
situations.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.6.2
16.4. Bulls-eye angle indicators must be installed above and below the
ball/flex joint and must be visible by the subsea TV.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.6.2
16.5. When running the riser with the choke and kill lines, it must be
tested every third joint.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.6.3
16.6. Latch the connector. With the Motion Compensator make a pick up
test above the stack weight to verify the connector is correctly
locked down.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.6.3
16.7. By pumping down choke or kill line, test the wellhead connector
and the casing against blind/shear rams to the pressure indicated
on drilling programme.

Reference
17. BOP AND CASING TESTS
17.1. General Procedures
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.1-a
17.1.1. Contract obligations require that all Drilling Contractor's and
Company pressure control equipment must be appropriately and
regularly tested according to legislative requirements.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.1-c
17.1.2. Rig operations should not continue in the event that there is a
failure to the primary or back-up systems.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.1-c
17.1.3. Derogations of this rule are not allowed on exploration wells or
when there are failures on essential equipment.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.1-c
17.1.4. If malfunctions occur during development drilling or on marginal
equipment, the Company Wellsite Drilling & Completion Supervisor
and Drilling Contractor Toolpusher/OIM, may unanimously decide
to continue operations after being properly informed and
documented on the actual well situation.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 74 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.1-e
17.1.5. All pressure tests shall be performed using water.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.2.3
17.1.6. BOP stack, choke and kill lines shall be flushed with water prior to
testing.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.2.3
17.1.7. Remove the wear bushing prior to starting BOP tests.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.2.2
17.1.8. In all cases the maximum test pressure for each BOP test will not
exceed 70% of the rated WP of the lowest rated item of equipment
in the wellhead assembly, casing or preventer stack assembly,
whichever is the lower.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.2.3
17.1.9. If the BOP stack test is done with the cup tester, be sure that the
casing spool valve is open and the check valve in the casing spool
also kept open by the appropriate needle valve.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.1.1
17.1.10. All BOP tests, drills, function tests, any malfunctions, repair or
maintenance to the mud system and well control equipment shall
be recorded in the IADC daily reports and shall be signed by both
the Drilling Contractor's Toolpusher and Company's Drilling and
Completion Supervisor on the well site.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.1.1
17.1.11. They shall also be recorded in the Agip Iran B.V. ‘Daily Drilling
Report’.

17.2. Ram And Annular Type Preventer Tests

DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.2.2-1
17.2.1. Pipe rams and annular BOPs shall be tested with open-ended cup
testers to a low pressure of 300psi (21kg/cm2) and to a high
pressure at least equal to the maximum anticipated wellhead
pressure.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.2.2-5
17.2.2. If an over-sized BOP-stack is installed, the high pressure test shall
be equal to maximum wellhead 'estimated' pressure plus 30%
(anyway not less than 2,000 psi).

17.3. Blind/Shear Ram Type Preventer Tests


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.2.2-2
17.3.1. Blind/shear rams shall be tested using blind plug testers to the
same pressure as stated above for pipe rams.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.2.2-2
17.3.2. Where a plug tester is not available, the blind/shear rams will be
tested against the casing each time a new casing string has been
set, prior to drilling out the cement. In this case the testing
pressure will not be exceeding 1,500psi (105kg/cm2).

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 75 of 206

17.4. Kill/Choke Lines & Manifold Tests


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.4.4
17.4.1. Any time tests are carried out on a BOP stack, the kill and choke
lines shall be tested.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.4.4-a
17.4.2. Kill and choke lines will be tested from the choke manifold to the
hydraulic operated valve on BOP stack.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.4.4-b
17.4.3. Each valve of the choke manifold shall be tested individually.

17.5. Rig Floor & Cementing Manifold Tests


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.4.5
17.5.1. This equipment shall be tested with water every time tests are
carried out on the BOP stack, according to the following
procedure:
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.4.5-a
17.5.1.1. Top drive, BOPs or lower and upper Kelly cocks, standpipe and all
individual standpipe manifold valves, up to the relief valve on the
mud pumps shall be tested through a special test sub, made up on
the lower Kelly cock and installed on the Kelly/top drive
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.4.5
17.5.1.2. After the first BOP installation, the equipment shall be tested to
their rated working pressures. On routine tests they will be tested
at least to the same pressure applied for the BOP test.

17.6. Casing Tests


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.5
17.6.1. Casing pressure tests will be carried out according to the pressure
stated in the drilling programme.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.5
17.6.2. In all cases the test pressure will be no higher than 70% of API
minimum internal yield pressure of the weakest casing in the string
or to 70% of the BOP WP.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.5
17.7. The test pressure shall be held and remain stable for at least 10-
15mins.

17.8. Function Tests


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.4.2
17.8.1. All preventers and BOP valves, with the exception of the annular
preventer and blind/shear rams preventers, should be operated at
least once every shift.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.4.2
17.8.2. Blind/shear rams shall be operated every round trip in the hole.
The annular preventer shall be operated when the scheduled
routine BOP tests are performed.

these tests shall be conducted by closing rams and annular


packing on pipe only.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 76 of 206

Reference
18. BOP AND CASING TESTS (FLOATERS)
18.1. General Procedures
3 DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.6.4-1
18.1.1. Prior to the BOP test, retrieve the 18 /4” nominal seat protector.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.6.4-3
18.1.2. Fill the BOP Test Plug running string to the top with water. The
string must remain open to atmosphere during the entire test.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.6.4-4
18.1.3. Pressure test the BOP stack as per Well Control Policy DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.3.1
(DARQ/WOP/MAN/008) using either one of the two pods. A BOP
function test must then be performed on the other pod.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.1.1-b
18.1.4. Record all pressure tests on pressure recorder charts and also
record the volumes displaced to reach the test pressures and the
volumes returned when bleeding off.

18.2. BOP Tests at Surface


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.3
18.2.1. The complete BOP stack shall be stump tested at surface. All BOP
components shall be pressure tested to a low pressure of 300psi
and to their rated working pressure.

18.3. BOP Tests After Landing on Wellhead


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.3.1-2
18.3.1. After the BOP stack is latched to the wellhead, a full function test
on both pods shall be carried out.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.3.1-1
18.3.2. Choke and kill lines (from surface to the fail-safe) shall be pressure
tested to their rated WP.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.3.1-3
18.3.3. All the BOP components shall be pressure tested with a test plug
to a low pressure (300psi).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.3.1-3
18.3.4. The lower connector shall be tested against one set of pipe rams
to the rated working pressure of the wellhead or the ram preventer,
whichever is lower.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.3.1-3
18.3.5. All the other components, to a minimum pressure equal to, the
maximum anticipated wellhead pressure, or 70% of the internal
yield pressure of the weakest item of equipment, whichever is the
lower.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 77 of 206

18.4. BOP Tests After Setting of Casing


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.3.2-1
18.4.1. The seal assembly shall be pressure tested to a maximum
pressure equal to the maximum anticipated wellhead pressure, or
70% of the internal yield pressure of the weakest item of
equipment, whichever is the lower.

18.4.2. The test shall be performed at 500psi (35kg/cm2) increments until DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.3.2-2

the test pressure is reached.


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.3.2-3
18.4.3. All BOP components shall be pressure tested to a low pressure of
300psi (21kg/cm2) and to a minimum pressure equal to the
maximum anticipated wellhead pressure, or 70% of the internal
yield pressure of the weakest item of equipment, whichever is the
lower.

18.5. BOP Tests While Drilling


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.3.3-1
18.5.1. All BOP components, with the exception of shear rams, shall be
tested to a low pressure of 300psi (21kg/cm2) and to a high
pressure at least equal to the maximum anticipated wellhead
pressure.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.3.3-1
18.5.2. In all cases the maximum test pressure for each BOP test will not
exceed 70% of the rated working pressure of the lowest rated item
of equipment in the casing or BOP preventer stack, whichever is
the lower.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.3.3-2
18.5.3. Shear Ram Tests While Drilling:
Function test only.

18.6. Choke Manifold Test


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.4.4
18.6.1. The choke manifold will tested every time tests are carried out on
BOP.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 78 of 206

Reference
19. DIVERTER TEST (BEFORE START OF OPERATIONS)
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.4.2
19.1. Before start of drilling operations, perform a diverter function test
by pumping water through the open lines.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.4.2-1
19.2. Closing time on 5” DP.
Check the closing time, this time depends on the diverter type,
usually:
• for type smaller than 20” should be within 30 seconds
• for type sizing 20” or larger should be within 45 seconds

Reference
20. FREQUENCY OF BOP TESTS
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.4
20.1. Routine BOP test while drilling:
• Once every 14 days.
• Prior to running a DST or production test assembly.
• Any time requested by the Company or to meet with local
regulations.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.4.5
20.2. Rig floor manifold and choke manifold shall be tested, with water,
every time tests are carried out on the BOP stack.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.5
20.3. Each casing shall be pressured tested:
• When cement plug bumps on bottom.
• After have milled out a DV collar.
• When blind ram are tested.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.4.2
20.4. Function Test:
• Blind/shear rams shall be operated every round trip in the hole.
• The annular preventer shall be operated when the scheduled
routine BOP tests are performed.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.4.3
20.5. Any time the BOP stack is nippled up and after repairing
operations, all BOP operating equipment hoses, control panels,
regulator connections shall be checked and tested to the maximum
manufacturer's recommended pressure for closing and opening
the BOP's.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 79 of 206

20.6. BOP Test Durations


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.4.1
20.6.1. The BOP 300psi low pressure test will be performed first. They are
to be held for a min period of 5mins. If the BOP does not pass the
low pressure test, do not carry out the high pressure test.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.4.1
20.6.2. It is recommended that high pressure tests are held for a minimum
of 10mins.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.4.1
20.6.3. The maximum acceptable pressure drop over this 10mins period is
100psi.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.1.1
20.6.4. All pressure tests should be recorded on pressure charts and shall
be made available upon request by the Company representative.

Reference
21. DRILLS
21.1. Familiarity Drills
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.1
21.1.1. The purpose of these drills is to familiarise rig personnel with the
various equipment and with the techniques that will be employed in
the event of a kick.
21.1.2. Shut-In Drills
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.1.1
21.1.2.1. The Drilling Contractor's personnel shall conduct drills to close-in
the well in the shortest possible time, fully comprehending the
process.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.1.1-2
21.1.2.2. While on bottom:
Pick up the Kelly or top drive to the correct height, shut down the
pumps and then carry out a simulated well shut-in.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.1.1-2
21.1.2.3. While tripping:
Lower the stand into the hole to the correct height and set the pipe
in the slips, stab-in a full opening safety valve (lower Kelly cock) in
the open position, close the safety valve, then carry out a
simulated well shut-in.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.1.1-2
21.1.2.4. To train the rig crews, shut-in drills should be planned to also cover
the following associated operations:
• Pull the BHA out of the hole.
• Running casing.
• Wire line surveying.
• Logging (as well for TLC logging, if any).
• Running tubing (single as well as dual completion running).

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 80 of 206

21.1.3. Choke Manipulation Drill


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.1.2
21.1.3.1. The choke manipulation drill should be carried out before drilling
out shoe tracks. Drilling Contractor’s crew should:
• Run the bit to above the shoe track.
• Break the circulation and record the RPSP.
• Close the BOP.
• Apply pressure to the well, and simulate a circulation under
kick condition using the automatic power choke and manual
adjustable choke.
• Record the circulating drill pipe pressure and casing pressure.

21.2. Emergency ‘On-The-Rig’ Drills

21.2.1. Potential Fire On Well And Rig Abandonment Simulation


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.2.1
21.2.1.1. The bit should be inside the casing shoe and not in a troublesome
zone.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.2.1
21.2.1.2. The Drilling Contractor’s crew on duty will shut-in the well and
hang-off the pipe without opening the hydraulic valve on the choke
and kill lines.

21.2.2. H2S Drill


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.2.2
21.2.2.1. The H2S drill can be operated at two levels:
• Alarm drills simulating the presence of H2S in the mud.
• Emergency drill simulating the presence of H2S in the air, i.e. in
the shale shakers area, on the rig floor, at the mud tanks etc.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.2.2
21.2.2.2. All personnel must wear breathing apparatus and, with the
exception of the crews on duty, they must proceed to the windward
emergency safe breathing area, while the emergency crew secure
the well and simulate the delimitation of the polluted area.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.2.2
21.2.2.3. H2S drills shall be recorded on the IADC Daily Drilling Report and
appropriate company form.

21.2.3. Abandon Rig


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.2.3
21.2.3.1. All personnel, except the crews on duty, must get ready to
abandon the rig. Operations must be suspended for the time the
drill is carried out.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 81 of 206

21.3. Well Control Drills


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.3
21.3.1. All drills and responses shall be recorded on the Company Daily
Drilling Report and IADC Report. Pit drills shall be recorded on the
Company’s appropriate form.

21.3.2. Pit Drills


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.3.1
21.3.2.1. If the drill string is in open hole, the well will not be shut-in.

21.3.3. Trip Drills


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.3.2
21.3.3.1. The drill shall be performed with bit inside the casing shoe and
when not in a troublesome zone.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.3.3
21.3.3.2. Trip drill with drill pipe in the BOP stack.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.3.4
21.3.3.3. Trip drill with drill collars or tubing in the BOP stack.

21.3.4. Accumulator Drills


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.4
21.3.4.1. This drill should be conducted after each casing setting before the
BOP pressure tests.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.4-5
21.3.4.2. The final accumulator pressure shall not be less than 1,200psi
(84kg/cm2).

21.3.5. Diverter Drills

21.4. Drill Frequency And Response Times


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.6.1
21.4.1. Shut-in drills and H2S drills shall be carried out on an each shift
basis at the beginning of any new activity or any time experienced
personnel are replaced with new recruits, especially when key
position personnel are involved such as the Toolpusher, Driller and
Assistant Driller. Drills shall be repeated until every crew member
gains the correct experience and training.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.6.1
21.4.2. Choke manipulation drills should be carried out prior to drilling out
surface or intermediate casings string.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.6.1
21.4.3. Potential fire on wellsite and/or abandon rig drills shall be executed
every week.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.6.1
21.4.4. Emergency drills have to be performed weekly and repeated
before entering the zone where the presence of H2S is suspected,
before coring, and before making DST or a production test when
the presence of H2S is, either, predicted or ascertained.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 82 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.6.1
21.4.5. Pit/trip drills shall be carried out on a shift basis every fortnight.
These drills shall be conducted also when the well is nearing or
entering high pressure zones.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.6.1
21.4.6. Diverter drills shall be performed prior to drilling out the conductor
string.

Reference
22. TIMING
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.6.2
22.1. Time is the most important aspect in shut-in drills and pit drills, and
the times required to accomplish the given task shall be recorded.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.6.2
22.2. The reaction times that can be considered as satisfactory to
accomplish different drill requirements are detailed below:
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.6.2
22.2.1. Shut-in drills. One minute from activation of the alarm signal to
being ready to close the bag type preventer.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.6.2
22.2.2. Pit drills. Not more than 2.5min from an observable change in
drilling fluid volume to the time the well is closed-in, implementing
the soft shut-in procedure.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.6.2
22.3. The correct timing for all other tests will be defined in the Drilling
Contractor's Procedures according to the equipment
characteristics.

Reference
23. HORIZONTAL WELLS
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 5.2
23.1. The standard Well Control Procedures should be followed at all
times, however, the drill crew must take into consideration some
particular aspects of a horizontal well:
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 5.2-c
23.1.1. Assuming that the fluid pressure and type in a horizontal well are
well known, the most likely cause of a kick is due to swabbing,
losses, or crossing a fault.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 5.2-a
23.1.2. When a long section of reservoir is exposed there is the potential
for large and rapid kicks.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 5.2-e
23.1.3. The practice of hole cleaning must minimise cutting beds which
can increase the likelihood of swabbing.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 5.2-e
23.1.4. Always pump out of a horizontal section; this will enhance the
cleaning and reduce the possibility of swabbing.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 5.2-b
23.1.5. Large quantities of influx can exist in the horizontal section with
minimum effect on the bottom hole pressure.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 83 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 5.2-f
23.1.6. A flow check does not provide a reliable indicator that an influx has
not entered the horizontal section.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 5.2-g
23.1.7. In case of swabbed fluid in the horizontal section, both the shut in
drill pipe pressure and shut in casing pressure would be zero until
the influx is in the horizontal section.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 5.2-f
23.1.8. Volumetric increases are the most reliable indicator of a kick. (Pit
levels and flow rate changes will be the same as in a vertical
section.)
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 5.2-h
23.1.9. Until the influx is circulated out of the horizontal section there is no
increase in the casing pressure.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 5.2-d
23.1.10. When swabbed fluid is in the hole and the Driller Method has been
implemented, the casing pressure should be zero until the influx is
in the horizontal section.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 5.2-g
23.1.11. If a kick occurs due to a fault or insufficient mud weight it is
unlikely that there is any difference between the shut in drill pipe
and shut in casing pressure when the influx is in the horizontal
section.

23.1.12. Migration may not occur in the horizontal section.


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 5.2-i
23.1.13. When killing the well using the 'Wait and Weight' method, the final
circulating pressure should be reached when kill mud arrives at the
start of the horizontal section not at the bit.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 5.2-j
23.1.14. The unevenness of the horizontal section may trap a pocket of gas
on the high side; this should be removed with more than one
circulation.

Reference List:
‘Well Control Policy Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/008
‘Drilling Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/003

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 84 of 206

OP. 2.10. LOT

Reference
1. GENERAL
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 11
1.1. These tests are carried out to:
a) Investigate the cement seal around the casing shoe which
should be at least as high as the predicted fracture pressure
for the area.
b) Investigate the wellbore capability to withstand pressures
below the casing shoe in order to allow proper well planning
with regard to the setting depth of the next casing, mud
weights and alternatives during well control operations.
c) Collect regional information on formation strengths and stress
magnitude for different applications including optimisation of
future well planning, hole stability analysis and modelling,
reservoir application
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 11
1.2. A Leak-Off Test (LOT) will be performed On Wild-Cat wells at
each casing shoe after setting the surface casing. LOTs are also
recommended to be carried out on both appraisal and
development wells.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 11
1.3. The test at point 1.1.a) shall be carried out before resuming drilling
of the new phase, while tests at points 1.1.b) and 1.1.c) could be
performed at any depth while drilling the hole, as a porous level is
encountered, to ascertain the maximum pressure that it can hold.

Reference
2. STANDARD PROCEDURE
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 11.1-1
2.1. Drill out float equipment, clean rat hole and drill 5 meters of new
hole.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 11.1-2
2.2. Circulate a mud quantity equal to the internal string volume plus
the new hole plus 50m internal casing volumes.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 11.1-2
2.3. This mud shall be cleaned and conditioned to the density and
filtrate as indicated in the Mud Programme to be used for the next
drilling phase.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 11.1-3
2.4. Pull the bit back into the casing shoe.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 11.1-4
2.5. Rig up cementing unit to drill pipes.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 11.1-4
2.6. The unit shall be equipped with high precision low pressure
gauges.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 85 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 11.1-4
2.7. The range of the pressure gauge shall be selected based on the
actual mud weight and the estimated (LOT) or predetermined (FIT)
pressure.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 11.1-4
2.8. A pressure recorder should be used during the test.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 11.1-4
2.9. The use of the rig pumps for making these tests is unsuitable.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 11.1-5
2.10. Fill up and test the lines with mud.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 11.1-6
2.11. Break circulation with the cementing unit to make sure that the bit
nozzles are clear.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 11.1-7-9
2.12. Close BOP and open the previous casing annulus and Pump
slowly until pressure builds up.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 11.1-10
2.13. Once pressure is established, pump uniform volumes of mud and
wait the time required for the pressure to stabilise. Flow rates
range from 1/8 bbl/min (20l/min) up to a maximum of 1bbl/min (160
l/min), however values of 0.25bbl (121/4” and smaller holes) or
0.50bbl (171/2” hole) are commonly used.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 11.1-11
2.14. Note the cumulative mud volume pumped, the final pumping and
final static pressure.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 11.1.12
2.15. Repeat steps (2.12) and (2.13) above and plot pressure versus
cumulative mud volume for each increment of pumped volume.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 11.1-13
2.16. Continue this procedure until:
• Two or three points on the plot are reached where the pressure
deviates and falls below the approximate straight line (or if the
pressure does not increase with the injected volume). The
point on the plot where the curve begins to bend away from the
straight line is called Leak Off Point.
• Or the predetermined test pressure is reached.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 11.1-14
2.17. Stop pumping, shut in the well, record and plot pressure versus
time until stabilisation (usually it takes 15-20min). In the early
stage (2-3min) one value every 15-30sec should be collected while
for the remaining a value of pressure every 30-60sec may be
sufficient. The use of PACR or an equivalent device, if available, is
preferred.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 11.1-15
2.18. Bleed off the pressure and record the quantity of fluid returned into
the cementing unit. Compare it to the volume used for the test to
obtain the amount of fluid lost to the formation.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 86 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 11.1-16
2.19. Open the BOP and calculate the formation strength in terms of
‘Equivalent Mud Weight’ using the lowest between leak off point
pressure and stabilised pressure.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 11.1.17
2.20. Collect the data recorded during the test in a data sheet together
with the following information: borehole diameter, depth of test,
depth and type of the last casing, mud density, plastic viscosity,
filtrate and gels.

Reference List:
‘Drilling Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/003

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 87 of 206

OP. 2.11. CORING

Reference
1. GENERAL GUIDELINES
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 10.3.2-2
1.1. Drift the string to ensure there are no restrictions that can stop
passage of the pressure relief plug ball.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 10.2-4
1.2. Ensure that the necessary fishing equipment is available before
running the core barrel.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 10.2-6
1.3. The core barrel shall be stabilised on bottom and top with special
stabilisers in order to reduce the wear on the gauge of the bit with,
consequently, crooked and under gauged holes.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 10.2-7
1.4. The core barrel shall be run on a stabilised BHA. The stabilisation
of the BHA shall be, when possible, the same as used for drilling.

1.5. DC excess will be eliminated if not necessary for WOB, in order to


reduce pipe sticking risks
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 10.2-8
1.6. If required, it is possible to use MWD and the core barrel in
tandem, placing the steel ball on the pressure relief plug before
running in hole. In this case circulation through the core shoe is
impossible.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 10.2-9
1.7. Do not install a MWD tool on a core barrel in a deviated well with a
fractured formation.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 10.2-10
1.8. If a drilling jar is run in the string, the inside diameter of this tool
must be compatible with the ball diameter of the core barrel.

1.9. Use proper size core barrels


1 DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 10.2.1
1.9.1. Coring in 8 /2" holes shall be carried out by using a conventional
1
core barrel (6 3/4” x 4”) or Marine Core Barrel (6 /4" x 3" or 71/4" x
1
4") with a 8 /2" diamond or PDC core head.
1 DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 10.2.1
1.9.2. Coring in 12 /4" holes can be carried out by using a standard core
1 1 1
barrel (63/4” x 4”, 6 /4” x 3”, 7 /4” x 4”), Marine Core Barrel (6 /4" x 3"
1 1 1
or 7 /4" x 4") or a full size core barrel (8" x 5 /4 ") with a 12 /4 " core
head.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 10.2-1
1.9.3. Coring in a 6” hole can be carried out using the conventional core
barrel (43/4” x 25/8”).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 10.2-1
1.10. The full size core barrel is preferable when a long section of hole
must be cored.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 88 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 10.2-12
1.11. In case of continuous coring, ream with a drill bit at least every
100ft (27m) but only if a 815/32" core head is used. With the use of a
81/2" core bit this operation is not necessary.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 10.3.2-6
1.12. If necessary, space out with pup joint in order to avoid, or
minimise, pipe connections while coring.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 10.2-13
1.13. Take and record the Reduced Pump Stroke Pressure (RPSP) with
the core barrel in the hole, after dropping the ball and with it in
place.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 10.3.6-1
1.14. While pulling out of hole, avoid jarring the core barrel and use
‘spinner’ or ‘chain out’, to prevent core loss.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 10.3.6-4
1.15. Core shall be recovered under the company Well Site Geology’s
supervision.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 10.3.3
1.16. After coring an H2S bearing formation, it is necessary to wear the
Cascade System Mask (if available) or the 30-45 minutes
breathing apparatus during the whole core recovery operation.

Reference List:
‘Drilling Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/003
‘Well Control Policy Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/008

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 89 of 206

OP. 2.12. DRILLING PROBLEMS (STUCK PIPE, FISHING, MUD LOSSES, SHALLOW GAS,
HANG OFF, H2S)

Reference
1. STUCK PIPE
1.1. Differential Sticking

1.1.1. Preventive measures


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.1-1
1.1.1.1. Reduce the mud weight as much as possible, maintaining the
minimum differential pressure necessary for a safe trip margin.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.1-2
1.1.1.2. Reduce the contact surface by using spiral type drill collars also
called NWS (No Wall Stick).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.1-2
1.1.1.3. Use a properly stabilised bottom hole assembly. A shorter BHA
with a greater number of HWDP could be considered.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.1-3
1.1.1.4. Use mud with minimum solids content and low filtrate in order to
obtain a thinner wall cake.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.1-4
1.1.1.5. Reduce the friction factor adding lubricants to the mud.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.1-5
1.1.1.6. Keep pipe moving and possibly in rotation as much as possible.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.1-6
1.1.1.7. Consider the use of a drilling jar/bumper.

1.1.2. Methods of freeing pipe


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.1-a
1.1.2.1. Work the pipe applying cyclic slack-off and overpull combined with
torque. Always check the reduction in the pipe yield stress due to
the application of the torque.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.1-d
1.1.2.2. Use a drilling jar/bumper.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.1-b
1.1.2.3. Spot oil-base mud or oil containing a surfactant around the BHA.

1.1.2.4. The pill volume shall be at least 20% over the volume of BHA-
Open hole annulus plus a volume so that at the end of the
displacement the pill height is the same inside and outside the
string.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.1-c
1.1.2.5. Reduce the mud weight, if possible.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.1-e
1.1.2.6. Conduct a DST procedure.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.1
1.1.3. Quick actions are fundamental in freeing wall stuck.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 90 of 206

1.2. Sticking Due To Caving Hole

1.2.1. Preventive measures


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.3
1.2.1.1. Reduce water losses.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.3
1.2.1.2. Lower pH value to 8.5 to 9 (if needed).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.3
1.2.1.3. Use inhibited mud.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.3
1.2.1.4. Add mud stabilising compounds (mainly sodium asphalt sulphate).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.3
1.2.1.5. Increase the mud weight.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.3
1.2.1.6. Increase the Y/PV ratio to create laminar flow on the wall after
pipe.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.3
1.2.1.7. Increase the gel value to obtain a good cutting suspension when
circulation is stopped.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.3
1.2.1.8. Use bits without nozzles, particularly when reaming, to avoid
scouring the well.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.3
1.2.1.9. Use the minimum acceptable number of stabilisers.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.3
1.2.1.10. Reduce rotary speed, if possible, to 80rpm or less.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.3
1.2.1.11. Reduce the mud flow rate to obtain laminar flow in the annulus
between hole and drill collars.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.3
1.2.1.12. Avoid long circulation times across unstable sections.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.3
1.2.1.13. Do not rotate pipe when tripping. Use a spinner or chain out.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.3
1.2.1.14. Trip out with care to avoid swabbing. If any swabbing occurs, pull
out with the Kelly on.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.3
1.2.1.15. Spot high viscosity pills from time to time.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.3
1.2.1.16. Start and stop mud pumps gradually.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.3
1.2.1.17. If circulating pressure increases suddenly, decrease pump strokes.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.3
1.2.2. Methods of freeing pipe
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.3
1.2.2.1. If circulation is possible, continue circulating trying to expel the
caving.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 91 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.3
1.2.2.2. If the string becomes stuck across a carbonate formation, spot an
acid pill.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.3
1.2.2.3. If circulation is blocked, try to regain it by applying pressure shocks
and working the pipe at the same time. Special care is required to
avoid breaking the formation i.e. overcoming fracture gradient
below the stuck point.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.3
1.2.2.4. Use a drilling jar/bumper.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.3
1.2.2.5. It is good practice to spot high viscosity pills from time to time to
keep the hole clean.

1.3. Sticking Due To Hole Restriction

1.3.1. Preventive measures


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.2
1.3.1.1. Reduce filtrate, cake and solids content.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.2
1.3.1.2. Use inhibited mud.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.2
1.3.1.3. Increase mud-clearing capacity.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.2
1.3.1.4. Increase flow rate.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.2
1.3.1.5. Follow accurately the D Exponent/Sigma log development and if
required increase mud weight.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.2
1.3.1.6. Increase mud weight, if possible.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.2
1.3.1.7. In all situations, frequent wiper trips can reduce the problem and
provide information on the severity.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.2
1.3.2. Methods of freeing pipe
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.2
1.3.2.1. Work the pipe applying cyclic slack-off and overpull combined with
torque. Always check the reduction in the pipe yield stress due to
the application of the torque.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.2
1.3.2.2. Spot a cushion to break and remove the mud cake around the drill
collars.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.2
1.3.2.3. Increase the mud weight, if possible.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.2
1.3.2.4. Use a drilling jar/bumper.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 92 of 206

1.4. Sticking Due To Hole Irregularities and / or Change In BHA

1.4.1. Preventive measures


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.4
1.4.1.1. The formation of doglegs can be prevented by the use of packed
bottom hole assemblies.

1.4.1.2. Trip out with care and note the depths at which overpull occurs.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.4
1.4.1.3. Using very stiff BHA's and reamers can eliminate doglegs.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.4
1.4.1.4. A key seat can be eliminated by reaming it with a key seat wiper or
an under-gauge stabiliser installed on the top of the drill collars.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.4
1.4.1.5. Always ream a whole interval drilled with the previous bit.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.4
1.4.1.6. Always ream the cored section, even if a full gauge core bit was
used.

1.4.1.7. Foresee use of three or six point roller reamer.

1.4.2. Methods of freeing pipe


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.4
1.4.2.1. Work the pipe applying slack-off if dog leg or key seat (the string
becomes stuck pulling out) and overpull if running a new BHA (the
string becomes stuck while running in the hole).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.4
1.4.2.2. Spot oil-base mud or oil containing a surfactant around BHA.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.4
1.4.2.3. If the stuck point is in a calcareous section, spot an acid pill.

Reference
2. OIL PILLS
2.1. Light Oil Pills
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.2.1
2.1.1. To be used for mud specific gravity up to 1,350g/l (11.3 PPG).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.2.1
2.1.2. The pill volume shall be at least twice the volume of DC-open hole
annulus (take into account excess for compensating hole
enlargement).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.2.1
2.1.3. Pump at the maximum practical rate.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.1.4
2.1.4. In order to have a pill volume in the annulus displace 1.3 times the
volume of the DC-open hole.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.2.1
2.1.5. At 30 to 60mins intervals, circulate out of the string batches, as a
balanced plug. Work the string at the same time.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 93 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.2.1
2.1.6. Repeat the procedure if the pill does not succeed (the pill may be
active for 4 to 16 hours).

2.1.7. Record pump pressure at each step and notate anomalous


increasing of pressure.

2.1.8. Check for drilling balance when pill is in the annulus.

2.2. Heavy oil pills


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.2.2
2.2.1. To be used for specific gravity greater than 1,350 g/l (11.3ppg).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.2.2
2.2.2. The pill volume will be at least twice the volume between the drill
collars and the open hole (take into account excess for
compensating hole enlargement).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.2.2
2.2.3. Pump a spacer of diesel oil with 5% Free Pipe, or similar, in front
and behind.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.2.2
2.2.4. Pump at maximum practical rate.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.2.2
2.2.5. Displace in order to have a pill volume in the annulus 1,3 times the
volume of DC-open hole.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.2.2
2.2.6. At 2 to 3 hr intervals, circulate batches of 300 to 600 out of the
string. Work the string at the same time.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.2.2
2.2.7. Repeat the procedure if the pill results are ineffective (the pill may
be active for 20 to 48 hours).

2.2.8. Record pump pressure at each step and notate anomalous


increasing of pressure.

Reference
3. ACID PILLS
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.3
3.1. The use of acid pills can be successful if the string gets stuck
across a carbonate formation.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.3
3.2. Considering the risks related to this operation, this should be
carried out only if other methods prove to be ineffective.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.3
3.2.1. The proper amount of corrosion inhibitor shall be used and the
acid pill will be spaced with oil or water ahead and behind.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.3
3.2.2. Due to the acid reaction gaseous products develop in the well and,
hence, special care is required when circulating out the pill. It may
be necessary to circulate through the choke and line up the
surface equipment to safely dispose of the gas.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 94 of 206

3.2.3. Check for drilling balance assuming that all pills are in the annulus.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.3
3.2.4. During all operations never stop the pump, but pump at minimum
flow rate.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.3
3.2.5. While displacing acid in front of the formation, the gaseous product
will cool off the drill string. To avoid breaking, do not work the
string but only apply overpull or slack off.
Resume jarring only when acid is in place.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.3
3.2.6. Appropriate safety measures shall be adopted:
• Wear gloves and protective clothing.
• Use eye protection.
• Have water sprays ready to wash spilled acid.
• Ensure proper ventilation if the pill is mixed in a closed area.

Reference
4. FREE POINT LOCATION
4.1. The equipment required for free point indicator and back-off is to
be kept onboard during all drilling activity. (Offshore rigs).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.4
4.2. If the free point is performed without a Kelly or top drive install a
lower Kelly cock on top of the DP.
The thread will be protected with an appropriate device.

4.3. Leave in place an eventual previous oil pill.


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.4-3
4.4. Check the minimum ID of drill string and verify that no restrictions
or obstructions are present.

4.5. Avoid swabbing when coming out with tool.


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.4-3
4.6. A remote operated wireline hydraulic cutter shall be on the rig floor
during the entire operation.

4.7. Record torque and tension at the value the string begins to stretch
(string free).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.4
4.8. There are two methods for estimating the depth at which a string is
stuck:
• Applying tension and measuring the pipe stretch.
• Locating the tow point with a free-point indicating tool.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 95 of 206

4.9. Measuring The Pipe Stretch


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.4.1
4.9.1. Calculating the differential stretch (E = S2 - S1), differential pull (P
= T2 - T1) and applying Hooke’s Law, it is possible to determine
the depth of free point (L) using the following formula:
26.374 x Wdp x E
L=
SI Units P
735,294 x Wdp x E
L=
API Units P

The value obtained is less reliable as deviation increases due to


downhole friction.

4.10. Location By Free Point Indicating Tool


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.4.2-a
4.10.1. A Free Point survey shall be run to select the back-off point.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.4.2-f
4.10.2. Pipe which appears to be free in tension does not always react to
applied torque. There is a greater chance of succeeding with the
back-off if the pipe is free under both tension and torque.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.4.2-h
4.10.3. Interpretation of free point data is very subjective and susceptible
to operator skill, hole condition, etc.

Reference
5. BACK-OFF PROCEDURE
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5
5.1. As a general rule, the first attempt to back-off should be made at
the first connection above the Free Point.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5
5.2. If there is a failure, the second attempt should be performed on the
first stand above the Free Point. Subsequent attempts should be
made moving upward one stand at a time.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5
5.3. Check the minimum ID of drill string.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5
5.4. Use an appropriate number of primacord strands for string shot.
(Refer to Table OP 2.6)
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5-b
5.5. Check tongs, slips and jerk lines are in working condition.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5-a
5.6. Ensure that slip handles are tied together with strong line.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5-e
5.7. Ensure that no torque remains in the string when it is picked up
from the slips.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 96 of 206

5.8. If the back-off is performed without Kelly or top drive, install a


lower Kelly cock on top of the DP.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5-f
5.8.1. A remote operated wireline hydraulic cutter shall be on the rig floor
during the entire operation.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5
5.9. A detailed standard back-off procedure cannot be used as there
are too many variables.

5.10. The following is a typical generic procedure


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5-1
5.10.1. Keep non-essential people away from the rig floor.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5-4
5.10.2. Tighten up all string connections, applying right hand torque (max
80% of nominal value). Work the torque down the string. This
procedure should be repeated 4 to 5 times especially in crooked or
deviated holes.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5-5
5.10.3. Install the back-off tool in the string and run in the hole to around
150-300ft (50-100m) below the rotary table.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5-6
5.10.4. Pick up the string in order to have a hook load equal to the weight
in air of the pipe above the selected back-off point increased by 10
to 15%.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5-7
5.10.5. Apply left hand torque in steps. Work the pipe at each step to
transfer the torque downhole.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5-8
5.10.6. The maximum amount of left hand torque should be 80% of the
maximum value used for the right hand torque.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5-9
5.10.7. Once the right amount of left hand torque is applied, run the Back-
off tool to the Back-off point.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5-13
5.10.8. If the operation is unsuccessful, release the left hand torque,
circulate to clean the string from back-off debris and start again.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5
5.10.9. The Backing-off of drill collar connections should be performed by
following the same procedure. Problems may arise due to the
difficulty in identifying the Free Point and with higher left hand
torque required

5.10.10. Prior to running another back-off tool, circulate to clean the inside
of the DP from debris.

5.10.11. Perform mechanical back-off only as extreme solution.

5.10.12. In case of unexpected back-off at an unprogrammed depth, pull


out the string and check connections.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 97 of 206

Reference
6. FISHING
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.1
6.1. Inventory Of Fishing Tools
The following tools shall be always available on the rig for the
various hole sizes drilled:
• Fishing jars to match the drill collars in use.
• Bumper subs to match the drill collars in use.
• Overshot and oversize guides with grapples, baskets and
extension subs, to catch all diameters of tools in hole.
• Taper taps for drill pipe body and tool joints (this is a poor class
of tool: overshots are preferable if available).
• Junk baskets or Globe-type baskets.
• Reverse circulation junk baskets.
• Junk subs.
• Fishing magnets.
• Milling tools.
• Re-dressing tools for 5" and 31/2" sheared DP.
• Impression blocks.
• Fishing tools to catch electrical log tools (supplied by electrical
log contractor) and relevant crossover.
• Safety joints.

6.2. Preparation
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.2
6.2.1. Draw a complete sketch of the equipment run.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.2
6.2.2. Apply the utmost accuracy in all measurements.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.2
6.2.3. Make sure that the Contractor's personnel directly involved in
operations are fully familiar with equipment to be used and have
knowledge of limitations.

6.2.4. Annotate any existing marks/signs on the fishing tool for future
interpretation.

6.3. Fishing assembly


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.3
6.3.1. Fishing tool + Jar and Bumper Sub + Drill Collars + Heavy Weight
Drill Pipe + Drill Pipe.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.3
6.3.2. Use as many drill collars as is contained in the fish. If the required
number of drill collars is not available on the rig, use a jar
accelerator.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 98 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.3
6.3.3. A Safety Joint should not be run. However, a Safety Joint could be
run between the catching tool and the jar when a non-releasing
tool such as taper tap is being employed.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.3
6.3.4. Where losses are expected, the use of a Circulation Sub in the
fishing assembly should be considered.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.3
6.3.5. Avoid restrictions in the bore of any tools run above the catching
tool, which would prevent the use of a cutting tool or the back-off
shot within the fish.

6.4. Fishing procedures

6.4.1. Overshot.

6.4.1.1. Be sure that the overshot OD is compatible with the hole diameter
and the grapple with the fishing neck.

6.4.1.2. Whenever possible install a lock ring.

6.4.1.3. When fishing on a tool joint, use a basket grapple with long catch
stop.

6.4.1.4. In case of re-run check the overshot shape.


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.4.1
6.4.1.5. Jarring is only possible using type SFS, FS and XFS overshots.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.4.1
6.4.1.6. To engage a fish, the fishing string is lowered and rotated to the
right very slowly, pumping at minimum rate. During the engaging
operation, continuously monitor the weight indicator and stand pipe
pressure.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.4.1
6.4.1.7. If possible, circulating bottoms up through the fish before pulling
out of hole should be considered, particularly if potential reservoirs
are exposed or penetration rates are high.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.4.1
6.4.1.8. When tripping out of hole with fish, the string shall not be rotated;
a chain or Kelly Spinner should be used.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.4.1
6.4.1.9. If pulling out of hole wet, flow checks shall be carried out
frequently.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 99 of 206

6.4.2. Releasing spear

6.4.2.1. Choose the catching size according to casing nominal weight.


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.4.2
6.4.2.2. Install a pack-off on the tool, if circulation is required after latching
the fish.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.4.2
6.4.2.3. To allow the unlatching of the spear (if there is not enough weight
above the releasing spear), a bumper sub is recommended.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.4.2
6.4.2.4. Use the fishing jar if jarring is required. In this case the use of a
Spear Stop is required. Check the Spear Stop OD when it is used
in open hole and use the stop only if hole condition permits.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.4.2
6.4.2.5. Perform the fishing job as per overshot procedure.

6.4.3. Taper taps


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.4.3
6.4.3.1. The size of the taper tool should be selected in order to engage
the fish with the middle of the tapered point.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.4.3
6.4.3.2. It is nigh impossible to release the tool once engaged. For this
reason its use has to be considered the last resort and only after
consultation with the Shore Base (Drilling manager/
Superintendent).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.4.3
6.4.3.3. Lower the catching tool to just above the fish and circulate a few
minutes to clean the top of the fish. Do not circulate excessively as
this may enlarge the hole.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.4.3
6.4.3.4. Chain or spin out of the hole with the fish.

6.4.4. Junk Basket


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.4.4
6.4.4.1. This procedure is more successful in soft formations.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.4.4
6.4.4.2. Use the following parameters:
• WOB = 2 to 4t
• Rotary = 45rpm
• Low Pump Rate (1/2 pump rate while drilling).

6.4.5. Fishing Magnet


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.4.5
6.4.5.1. Magnets can be successfully used but only in hard formations to
retrieve small steel objects such as bit cones, bearings, slips, tong
pins and milling cuttings.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 100 of 206

Reference
7. MILLING PROCEDURE
7.1. Avoid the use of redressed mills. Only new mills must be used.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.7
7.2. Mud viscosity should be increased or high viscosity pills should be
pumped to help in carrying the steel cuttings out of the hole.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.7
7.3. Oil based mud has poor carrying capabilities and should be
avoided whenever possible. Polymer muds are most suitable for
milling.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.7
7.4. Never mill faster than it is possible to remove the cuttings.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.7
7.5. Place junk sub(s) above the mill.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.7
7.6. Generally the most efficient milling rates are obtained by running
the rotary at 80 to 100rpm. Milling with washover shoes is an
exception and they are usually more efficient at speeds of 60 to
80rpm. Continuously monitor the torque indicator during milling
operations.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.7
7.7. 'Reading the cuttings’ is essential to evaluate the performance of
the mill. The ideal cuttings are usually 1/32" to 1/16" thick and 1" to 2"
long.

7.8. Weigh steel cuttings and compare with theoretical calculation.

7.9. Always insert a jar in the string.

7.10. Whenever possible, use the same BHA as in drilling.

Reference
8. JARRING PROCEDURE
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.5
8.1. The pre-set value of mechanical jars must be checked prior to
running in the hole, to verify if the margin of overpull is sufficient to
operate the jar.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.5
8.2. When a drilling jar is used, do not drill to Kelly down but leave
enough room to cock the jar in case of stuck pipe.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.5
8.3. Jarring should be done with a Kelly or Top Drive. If the use of a
Kelly is not possible, secure the elevator latch by using a piece of
rope or chain.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.5
8.4. Prior to jarring, check the drill line sensor. Ensure the weight
indicator readings are accurate and that the Dead Line Anchor is
secure and free of debris. Check the derrick and all equipment for
any loose items.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 101 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.5
8.5. When jarring, the drill floor must be cleared of all non-essential
personnel.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.5
8.6. Mark the string at the rotary table prior to starting jarring.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.5
8.7. Always allow the jars to trip within their safe working load. Wait
until the jars have tripped before pulling the string further.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.5
8.8. Never exceed the safe working limit without confirmation that the
jars have tripped.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.5
8.9. When sustained jarring is carried out, the drill line should be
slipped at regular intervals, depending on the particular situation.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.5
8.10. Also check the derrick, lifting equipment and travelling block
attachment bolts.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.5
8.11. If a top drive system is used after jarring, check the TDS as per
the maintenance and operating specification.

Reference
9. LOST CIRCULATION
9.1. Lost circulation control techniques
DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6.1
9.1.1. Definitions:
• Seepage Loss is that which is less than 50%
• Almost Total Loss is that which is more than 50%
• Total

9.2. Losses in various formation types

9.2.1. Unconsolidated Formations


DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6.2
9.2.1.1. Gradual increase in loss which may develop and increase with
penetration.
If permeability is less than 4/5 darcy, the loss is maybe due to
formation fracture.

9.2.2. Natural Fractures


DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6.2
9.2.2.1. Gradual increase in losses which may develop and increase with
penetration.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 102 of 206

9.2.3. Cavernous Or Macrovugular Formations.


DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6.2
9.2.3.1. Sudden and severe, to complete loss, of returns.
The bit may fall from a few centimetres to some metres at the
moment of loss. Perforations may be 'disturbed' before the losses.

9.2.4. Induced Fractures


DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6.2
9.2.4.1. Sudden and severe to complete losses.
Fluids with density more than 1.3 SG may help create fractures.
Fracture may occur during, or subsequent, to rough drilling.
If it occurs in one single well and does not occur to the nearby
wells, fracture may be the cause.

9.3. Loss of circulation with water based fluids


DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6.4.1
9.3.1. Stand-By/Set Time: Allow 4-8 hours set time. Plan further action
to be taken.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6.4.1
9.3.2. High Viscosity Fluids: Viscosity at +/- 100sec.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6.4.1
9.3.3. LCM In Circulation: Shale shakers max., 10-12 mesh.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6.4.1
9.3.4. High Filtration Fluids: Do not use with unstable formations
DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6.4.1
9.3.5. Spot Pills With LCM: Squeeze slowly with a low pressure (50psi).
Displace by means of bit with no nozzle or with nozzles >14/32”.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6.4.1
9.3.6. High Filtration Mixtures (200-400cc API): RIH or EDP on top
loss, squeeze with low pressure (starting with +/- 50psi @
150ltr/min). Do not exceed fracture pressure and maintain for 6-
8hrs.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6.4.1
9.3.7. Very High Filtration Slurries (>600cc API): Same application
procedure as high filtration slurries with temperature >60°C. It may
develop mechanical resistance.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6.4.1
9.3.8. Diaseal M (Filtrate >1,000cc API): Same application procedure
as high filtration slurries.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6.4.1
9.3.9. GEL Cement (Prehydrated Bentonite): Formation of slurries with
higher percentages of Bentonite may improve LCM characteristics
while decreasing mechanical resistance.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 103 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6.4.1
9.3.10. Cement Gilsonite: As for cement plugs, it is advisable to drill the
loss zone and carry out the remedial procedure when finished.
WOC for at least 8hrs.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6.4.1
9.3.11. DOBC Squeeze (Diesel Oil Bentonite: Apply DOBC/DOB
squeeze procedure. RIH or EDP on top of loss zone. Plastic plug
volume to equal, or be greater than, the hole below the loss zone
first and second plug, both about 1m3 diesel.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6.4.1
9.3.12. DOB Squeeze: Drillpipe/ annulus ratio is 2:1, about 600 l/min from
drillpipe and 300 l/min from annulus. After displacing half the plug,
¾
reduce pump rate by half. After displacing of the plug, attempt a
‘hesitation squeeze pressure’ with 100-500psi. Underdisplace plug
by one barrel, POOH, allow 8-10hrs set time.

9.4. Loss Of Circulation With Oil Based Fluids


DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6.4.2
9.4.1. Additions Of Colloid: Seepage loss is commonly due to low
colloid contents of oil based.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6.4.2
9.4.2. Spot Pills With LCM: squeeze slowly with low pressure (50psi).
Displace by means of bit with no nozzles or with nozzles >14/32”.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6.4.2
9.4.3. Diesel M (Filtrate >1,000 cc API: Spot pill volume is double the
hole volume and at least 1.5m3. To avoid contamination 3-4m3,
separating pills are advisable after and before.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6.4.2
9.4.4. Plastic Plug With Organophil Clay: Spot pill volume should be
double the hole volume or at least 1.5m3. To avoid contamination,
3-4m3 separating pills in front and behind is advisable.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6.4.2
9.4.5. Fresh Water Barite Plug
The height of the plug, commonly 130-150m is sufficient.
Mix with cement unit.
Use bit with nozzles.
9.5. Loss preventive measures
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.8.1
9.5.1. Keep the mud weight as low as possible but providing for
adequate overbalance.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.8.1
9.5.2. Control the ROP to prevent overloading the annulus with cuttings
which could result in increased mud densities and/or constrict the
annulus.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.8.1
9.5.3. Maintain a low yield point and gel strength of mud.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.8.1
9.5.4. Avoid excessive circulation rates.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 104 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.8.1
9.5.5. Run pipe slowly to minimise pressure surge.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.8.1
9.5.6. To break circulation, rotate and reciprocate the pipe first, then start
pumping slowly.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.8.1
9.5.7. Avoid pump surge.
4 DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.8.1
9.5.8. Use bit nozzles larger than 1 /32”.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.8.1
9.5.9. Have an adequate stock of LCM.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.8.2
9.6. Remedial actions

9.6.1. Remedial actions while drilling


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.8.2
9.6.1.1. If still losing mud, stop pumping and observe the well.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.8.2
9.6.1.2. If the level remains static, the mud weight or viscosity may need to
be reduced slightly and/or slight treatment with lost circulation
material if required.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.8.2
9.6.1.3. If the level drops, the well must be kept full with mud or water,
depending on the severity of the losses. An estimate can be made
of the maximum weight the formation can withstand, measuring
the volume of water required and calculating the new mud
gradient.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.8.2
9.6.1.4. Circulation may be restarted by any or combination of the following
means:
• Reduce flow rate (if possible).
• Reduce mud weight (if possible).
• Add LCM to the mud (the shale shaker must be by-passed).
• Wait for the formation to ‘heal’.
• Spot a plug of thick mud and LCM at the thief zone.
• Spot a plug of dehydratable material containing LCM into the
mud losses zone.
• Squeeze diesel oil bentonite (DOB) or diesel oil bentonite
cement (DOBC) pills.
• Plug the thief zone with gelled slurry.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6.1
9.6.1.5. See annex table OP 2.7 to choose the method to be followed to
regain circulation.

9.6.2. Remedial actions While tripping


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.8.4
9.6.2.1. As soon as any irregularity is noticed in filling the hole, the
following general procedure should be carried out:

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 105 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.8.4
9.6.2.1.1. Check the trip tank system for leakage.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.8.4
9.6.2.1.2. Run a subsea TV or ROV down the length of the marine riser, flex
joint and BOP stack on both sides. When there is doubt or visibility
is poor, close the BOP rams and check if the level still drops when
the hole is isolated from the riser system.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.8.4
9.6.2.1.3. If there is still mud losses, the cause of the lost circulation may be
pressure surges due to running in the pipe too fast or the
bit/stabilisers have balled up. Stop tripping and circulate the well.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.8.4
9.6.2.1.4. If full returns are observed, resume tripping to bottom.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.8.4
9.6.2.1.5. If full returns are not established, the well must be kept full with
mud or water, depending on the severity of the losses. Circulation
may be restarted by one of the methods listed previously.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.8.5
9.6.3. Use of LCM pills
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.8.5
9.6.3.1. If tripping is considered safe (i.e. the hole stands full of mud), run
open ended drill pipe to immediately above the thief zone.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.8.5
9.6.3.2. Pump the LCM pill and displace half of it in the hole (minimum pill
volume: 10m3 for a 81/2” hole; 20m3 for a 121/4” hole) and pull the
pipe above the pill.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.8.5
9.6.3.3. Continue pumping the rest of the pill using the ‘Hesitation’
Technique and visually check the fluid level all the time.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6
9.6.4. High filtration pills

9.6.4.1. Once pumped the pill must be squeezed in formation to increase


filtration effect.

9.6.4.2.4 When running in hole after a high filtration pill extreme caution
must be adopted to avoid stuck pipe.

9.6.4.3. Use open end drill pipes to pump high filtration pill.

9.6.5. Cement plug

9.6.5.1. Refer to OP.2.7.3.1

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 106 of 206

Reference
10. SHALLOW GAS
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.3.1
10.1. Where there is a risk of shallow gas, the use of a floating vessel or
a jack-up in floating mode which can move efficiently off location,
is recommended.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.2
10.2. Primary well control is the only means to protect wells from blowing
out, because secondary well control techniques are not normally
applicable in top hole drilling operations.

10.3. Prevention

10.3.1. Review existing documentation for the area in question.

10.3.2. Ensure that all personnel involved in drilling operations are trained
on the subject.

10.4. Recommended Drilling Practices

10.4.1. General Practices


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.3.1-h
10.4.1.1. Before spudding the well, a meeting should be held in order to
alert key personnel (Drilling Contractor personnel, mud engineer,
mud logging operator included).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.3.1-h
10.4.1.2. Drilling control (parameters, levels, gas detectors, tripping, etc.)
should be strengthened for this phase.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.3.1-g
10.4.1.3. A stock of kill mud based on hole size, and for off-shore rigs, water
depth and riser size shall be prepared before commencement of
drilling.
The correct mud weight must be determined for the particular area
is being drilling.
1 DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.3.1-a
10.4.1.4. A 12 /4“ or smaller pilot hole shall be drilled in areas with possible
shallow gas.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.3.1-b
10.4.1.5. Restrict the penetration rate (recommended ROP = one joint/hr).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.3.1
10.4.1.6. The drill string disconnecting and releasing procedure should be
available and known to all relevant personnel in order that they are
carried out efficiently without causing any delays in moving off
location.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 107 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.3.1-c
10.4.1.7. All efforts shall be made to minimise the possibility of swabbing.
Pumping at the optimum circulating rate is recommended for all
upward pipe movements (e.g. making connections and tripping). In
larger hole sizes especially (i.e. larger than 121/4”) it is important to
check that the circulation rate is sufficiently high and the pulling
speed sufficiently low to ensure that no swabbing will occur.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.3.1-c
10.4.1.8. The minimum required number of stabilisers should be used.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.3.1-d
10.4.1.9. Flow checks are to be made :
• Before tripping.
• At any time a sharp penetration rate increase or tank level
anomaly is observed, when any anomaly appears on LWD log
(if used).
• At any specific depth referred to in the drilling programme.
• At each connection while trip in and out.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.3.1-e
10.4.1.10. A float valve must be installed in all bottom hole assemblies which
are used in top hole drilling.

10.4.1.11. Use largest mud pump liners and no nozzles.


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.3.1-f
10.4.1.12. Shallow kick-offs should be avoided in areas with probable shallow
gas. Top hole drilling operations in these areas should be simple
and quick, to minimise possible hole problems.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.3.1-d
10.4.1.13. Accurate measurement and control of drilling fluid is important in
order to detect gas as early as possible.

10.4.1.14. In the event that significant gas readings are obtained from mud
returns, the gas should be circulated out.
If the background gas level cannot be reduced by circulation, the
mud weight should be increased and the hole circulated until the
background gas subsides.

10.4.2. Logging
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.3.2
10.4.2.1. Information about the presence and depth of possible
hydrocarbons can be obtained from electric wireline logs or LWD,
the latter being the preferred method since early detection
obviously enhances the safety of the operation.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.3.2
10.4.2.2. LWD is the only currently downhole tool capable of shallow gas
detection by means of resistivity and gamma ray recording.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 108 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.3.2
10.4.2.3. In development drilling the use of a diverter system is still
recommended if there is a chance of colliding with another well or
if there is a possibility of penetrating charged sands from leaking
or poorly cemented casing strings.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.3.2
10.4.2.4. Shallow gas detection, with electrical wireline logging or LWD, is
not always reliable or conclusive. Excessive hole size and the
presence of fresh formation water may mask the shallow gas
effect during recording.

10.4.3. Losses
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.3.3
10.4.3.1. Losses should be avoided during drilling with a diverter system
installed.
If losses are encountered, they are to be cured using lost
circulation material or cement. Full returns are to be regained
before proceeding to drill ahead.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.3.3
10.4.3.2. If the losses cannot be cured, possible courses of action include
plugging back with cement, either to anticipate casing setting
depth.

10.4.4. Cementing Operations


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.3.4
10.4.4.1. In addition, and where applicable, it is recommended that the BOP
stack remains nippled up with a small annular pressure maintained
during WOC time.

10.5. Drilling Procedures


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.3.5
10.5.1. Running and cementing the 30” casing in a pre-drilled hole, after
having drilled a pilot hole, is the recommended technique in areas
where shallow gas might be encountered.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.3.5
10.5.2. When using floating rig and the top hole is drilled utilising a marine
riser, the formation strength at the shoe is an important aspect to
be always considered. If the formation strength at the 30” shoe is
considered insufficient the use of the marine riser and diverter
system has to be ruled out and riserless drilling should be
employed.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 109 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.3.5
10.5.3. 20” Casing:
There are three main methods used to drill 26” hole in shallow gas
area:
• Drill pilot hole and open the hole without riser.
• Drill pilot hole and open the hole through the riser with
underreamer.
• Drill pilot hole, pull the riser and open the hole.

Drill pilot hole through a marine riser with return to seabed via a
sub sea exhaust valve (or dump valve) or subsea diverter.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.3.5
10.5.4. Operation Without The Riser:
Riser less drilling is considered to be the safest way to cope with
the shallow gas problem since the vessel can quickly move away
from a subsea blow-out. The risk of riser less drilling increases
with decreased water depth

10.6. Diverter assembly

10.6.1. See OP.02.09.

10.6.2. Diverter System Operating Procedures


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.4
10.6.2.1. The diverter system shall be used for all wells unless there is clear
information of the absence of potential shallow gas.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.4
10.6.2.2. The diverter system should never be completely closed-in and
used as a BOP in an attempt to control the well as they are not
designed to hold pressure but only to direct flow overboard.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.4
10.6.2.3. The blow out contingency plan should be implemented as soon as
it becomes apparent that the well cannot be dynamically killed.

10.7. Diverter procedures


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.4.3
10.7.1. At the first sign of flow, the following actions are required
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.4.3
10.7.2. Pump the original mud or water immediately at maximum pump
rate.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.4.3
10.7.3. Stop drilling.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.4.3
10.7.4. Activate the diverter function (start to evacuate the non-essential
personnel).

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 110 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.4.3
10.7.5. If the well is still flowing, pump heavier mud at maximum pump
rate.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.4.3
10.7.6. If the well continues to flow after the heavier mud has been
pumped, carry on pumping other mud or water at the maximum
rate.

10.7.7. Further dynamic kill attempts may be as follows


DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.4.3
10.7.7.1.1. Mix heavier mud whilst pumping mud or water at maximum rate.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.4.3
10.7.7.1.2. Pump heavy mud at maximum rate.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.4.3
10.7.7.2. Repeat sequence if dynamic killing is still unsuccessful, but do not
use excessive mud weight which could result in formation
breakdown.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 9.4.3
10.7.7.3. Shutting down the pumps to check for flow may result in an even
greater influx flow rates. Continuous pumping is recommended
especially if there is a suspicion of flow.

Reference
11. HANG-OFF
11.1. Procedure for hanging off with hang off tool
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.7.3
11.1.1. The preferred method to hang off the string is to use a hang off
tool which supports the pipe in the wellhead.
If the seat protector is installed, the hang-off on pipe rams has to
be considered (an appropriate top sub to disconnect the drill string
has to be available).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.7.4
11.1.2. Stop drilling and circulate bottoms up, if time permits.
Consider increasing mud weight below the mud line to balance the
well with the riser disconnected.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.7.4
11.1.3. Pull out enough drill pipes to keep the bit inside casing shoe when
the hang-off tool is landed on its seat.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.7.4
11.1.4. If tripping, run or pull as much pipe as possible to get the bit to the
point which is the same distance above the casing shoe as the
rotary table is above the seabed
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.7.3
11.1.5. Install a Gray inside BOP one stand below the hang off tool if
hanging off inside casing.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.7.4
11.1.6. If hanging-off in open hole, do not install a Gray inside BOP, but
use a retrievable drop-in back-pressure valve.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 111 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.7.4
11.1.7. The hang-off assembly must be made up and standing in derrick
at all times while BOP stack is on bottom.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.7.4
11.1.8. Hang-off procedure
• Close and lock the pipe rams.
• Back off right hand release sub on hang off tool.
• Pull the landing string above shear rams.
• Close and lock blind/shear rams.
• Displace riser with seawater.
• Prepare to disconnect LMRP.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.7.4-m
11.1.9. A mark should be painted on the anchor lines and guidelines as a
reference for later repositioning of the rig.

11.2. Procedure for re-connecting with hang off tool


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.7.5
11.2.1. Re-connecting procedure:
• Install new ring gasket on connector.
• Upon latched the connector test choke and kill lines against
failsafes.
• Run running string approximately 10m (30ft) above the
blind/shear rams and displace riser with mud via running string
or booster line.
• Check for pressure between shear and pipe rams and in the
annulus through kill/choke line
• If no pressure open blind/shear rams, stab and make up
running string.
• If any pressure is detected, follow well control policy.
• Open pipe rams and circulate bottoms up.
• Pull out and remove hang off tool assembly and Gray inside
BOP.
11.3. Emergency Procedure for hanging off on pipe rams

11.3.1. If there is not enough time to run the hang-off tool, the drill string
can be sheared and hung off on the pipe rams.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.7.6
11.3.2. Procedure:
• Close hang off pipe rams (below shear rams) with
manufacturer’s reduced operating pressure
• Lower and land pipe on tool joint
• Increase closing pressure to 1,500psi and lock the rams
• Be prepared to shear pipe if LMRP disconnect is required

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 112 of 206

11.4. Procedure For Hanging Off With Retrievable Packer


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.7.7
11.4.1. This technique requires more time, but in some instance (for
example if it is anticipated that the BOP stack has to be pulled) it
might be the most suitable and safe method available.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.7.7
11.4.2. When a retrievable packer (which seals of the annulus) is used, a
special storm valve shall be run in the string.

11.5. Hanging off with casing


DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.7.8
11.5.1. Casing running shall not be commenced if adverse weather is
forecast.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 5.7.7
11.5.2. If casing running is taking place and there is not enough time to
run casing to TD, the hang off procedure must be considered:
• Pull back or run into previous casing shoe.
• Make up the casing hanger.
• Remove casing hanger lock ring and land in the wellhead.
• Release running tool pull above shear rams.
• Close shear rams.

Reference
12. H2S DRILLING PROCEDURES
12.1. Drilling in presence of H2S follow the procedures as per
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 chapter 10.

Reference List:
‘Drilling Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/003
‘Well Control Policy Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/008
‘Drilling Fluids Operations Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/011

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 113 of 206

Depth From Surface in feet


3,000 to 6,000 to 9,000 to Over
Pipe OD ins 0 to 3,000
6,000 9,000 12,000 12,000
3
2 /8 1 1 1 2 2
7
2 /8 1 1 2 2 3
1
Tubing 3 /2 1 1 2 2 2
1
4 to 4 /2 2 2 2 3 3
3 7
2 /8 to /8 1 2 2-3 3-4 4-6
1
3 /2 to 4 2 3 3-4 4-6 5-8
1 9
Drillpipe 4 /2 to 6 /16 2 3-4 4-6 5-9 6-12
5
6 /8 3 4-5 5-7 6-10 7-14
1
3 /2 to 4 2-4 2-5 3-7 3-8 4-9
1 1
4 /8 to 5 /5 2-4 3-6 4-8 4-10 5-12
3
Drill Collar 5 /4 to 7 3-6 4-8 5-10 6-12 7-15
1 1
7 /4 to 8 /2 4-6 5-9 6-12 7-15 8-18
1 3
7 /4 to 9 /4 6-12 8-12 8-15 8-18
1 1
4 /2 to 5 /2 3 3 3 3 3
6 to 7 3 3 3 4 4
5
Casing 7 /8 4 4 4 4 5
5
7 /8 5 5 5 5 5
5
9 /8 5 5 5 6 6
3
10 /4 6 6 6 7 7

Table OP 2.6 - Recommended Strands of 80gr/ft RDX Primacord for String-Shot

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


G R O U P
Agip

SEEPAGE
Iran B.V.

LOSS ALMOST TOTAL TOTAL HYDRAULICALLY-INDUCED


less than 50% more than 50% FRACTURES

SURFACE HIGHLY LOW DENSITY HIGH DENSITY


PERMEABLE FRACTURES FRACTURES FRACTURES CAVERNS
AREAS FLUIDS FLUIDS

HIGH FLUID THINNING


for

SPOT PILLS GEL-CEMENT SET TIME LOW


FILTRATION AND/OR
HIGH VISCOSITY HIGH VISCOSITY WITH LCM LOADING
MIXTURE SLURRIES UNWEIGHTING
FLUID AND HIGH FLUID
GELS

- LCM IN CIRCULATION HIGH CEMENT/GEL


Drilling & Completion activities

CEMENT + HIGH HIGH FILTRATION


FILTRATION CEMENT GELSONITE FILTRATION
- HIGH FILTRATION FLUID MIXTURE SLURRIES MIXTURE
MIXTURE

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


SPOT PILL WITH LCM GEL CEMENT DOB
DOBC DOBC
DOBC
DOBC

Table OP 2.7 - Lost Circulation Control Techniques


Revision: 0

HIGH/VERY HIGH FILTRATION AERETED FLUIDS AERETED FLUIDS AERETED FLUIDS


MIXTURE STIFF-FOAM STIFF-FOAM STIFF-FOAM
Page 114 of 206
Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 115 of 206

OP. 2.13. WELL ABANDONMENT

Reference
1. GENERALS
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.1
1.1.
Whatever the reason for the well abandoning, its basic scope is to
ensure that fluids in the different strata are prevented to migrate.
2. SUSPENSION, TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT ABANDON
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.2
2.1.
For suspension/temporary abandonment it is mandatory that
production casing and wellhead integrity is ensured at all time.
2.1.1. Suspension/Temporary Abandonment
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.2.1
2.1.1.1. For land wells, casings and wellhead shall be left in place as they are
at the end of drilling/testing/completion operations, having been duly
pressure tested prior suspension/temporary abandonment.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.2.1
2.1.1.2. For off-shore wells, wells will be abandoned at the mudline, with the
M.L.S. in place and proper corrosion caps/location identification
devices in place.

2.1.2. Permanent Abandonment


DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.2.2
2.1.2.1. For land wells and off-shore wells, casings and wellhead are to be cut
and removed and the wellhead location (either at surface or at
mudline) restored at the original or at agreed conditions.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.2.2
2.1.2.2. Cement plug is extended up to surface or mudline, also covering
sections where the casing was cut.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.2.2
2.1.2.3. For land wells, a blind cover or flange shall be installed on casing
facing up at the surface; it must be possible to allow for pressure
monitoring through properly installed valve
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.2.2
2.1.2.4. Un-cemented casings shall be cut at the most appropriate depth
considering top of cement (it is suggested that casing are cut some
200 m above the recorded T.O.C.), economics tied with recovering
casings, outer casing conditions, etc.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.2.2
2.1.2.5. In any case, casings shall be cut within the next outer casing shoe.
Attention is to be paid in order to equalise fluid weight inside and
outside the casing, prior to carry out casing cutting operations.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.2.2
2.1.2.6. Annulus pressure is to be checked prior to start cutting operations.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.2.2
2.1.2.7. Cement plug shall be set across the cut edge of the casing, extending
some 30-50 m below and above it. Height of plug will depend also on
casing size.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 116 of 206

3. ABANDONMENT GENERAL FEATURES


3.1. Cement plugs
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.3.1
3.1.1. Cement plugs should be set in place using an appropriate tail of
pipes:
• Hole sizes < than 12 1/4”: a length of tail pipe exceeding the
planned height of cement plug made up of 2 7/8” tubing should
be used.
• Hole sizes > than 12 ¼”: tail pipe made up of used drill pipes up
to 5” may be used as an alternative for tubing.
• Deep – high temperature plugs: It is suggested that the tail pipe
is made up of fiberglass tubing (2 7/8” – 3 ½”, depending on
availability and hole size); length of tail pipe should exceed the
plug height.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.3.1
3.1.2. Cement plugs height should be no less than 100 m and not more than
200 m; plugs height less than 100 m may be justified when set in
combination with mechanical plugs or when in large diameter holes.
3.2. Setting Cement Plug Procedure
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.3.2
3.2.1. Cement plugs should be possibly made up of neat cement slurries
and set using the balanced method. Attention is to be paid to in case
of high temperature environment, e.g. exceeding 110°C (use of silica
recommended).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.3.2
3.2.2. For open hole plugs, the slurry volume should be calculated using a
calliper log, if available. When a calliper log is not available, use a
slurry volume excess based on local experience. Plugs exceeding
200m in length should not be set in one stage.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.3.2
3.2.3. If the hole is badly washed out or when potential losses are expected;
it is preferable to set two short plugs instead of one long one.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.3.2
3.2.4. All cement plugs shall be placed using a tubing stinger (see above
point 3.1)
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.3.2
3.2.5. The position and efficiency of pre defined cement plugs shall be
verified after cement setting by locating the top of the plug and by
applying bit weight, usually 10-20 t, depending on hole size.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.3.2
3.2.6. Record shall be kept of all plugs set and the results of tests shall be
available for inspection. Position and main characteristics of all plugs
shall be reported in the final well sketch.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 117 of 206

3.3. Mechanical plugs


DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.3.3
3.3.1. If there is any suspect that casing is not properly gauged and clean, a
run with a gauge cutter (on wireline) or with a scraper should be
planned prior to run mechanical plugs.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.3.3
3.3.2. Ensure that plugs are of the proper size considering weight (I.D.) of
the casing in hole; this is particularly important should different casing
weight be involved.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.3.3
3.3.3. Ensure that mechanical plugs are properly dressed for the scope, e.g.
that permanent plug is not set should it be used as cement retainer or
vice-versa. Ensure that proper mechanical running tool (stinger) is
available in case squeeze job are planned.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.3.3
3.3.4. Make sure that the plug is set in the proper position, avoiding its
placement on casing collar; if mechanical plugs are run on electric
line, CCl will help in setting the plug properly.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.3.3
3.3.5. Position and main characteristics of all B.P.’s and C.R’s shall be
reported in the final well sketch.

3.4. Weighted Fluids


DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.3.4
3.4.1. Fluids featuring the same maximum density requested while drilling
shall be left in hole performing the abandonment operations.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.3.4
3.4.2. Type and weight of fluids left in hole shall be reported in the final well
sketch.

3.5. Kill String


DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.3.5
3.5.1. To be effective, a kill string should be run as deep as possible, just
above the uppermost plug.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.3.5
3.5.2. For long term suspension/abandonment, or in case of difficult wells
(e.g. sour gas environment, HP-HT, etc.), setting plugs is usually
preferred.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 118 of 206

4. ABANDONMENT PLUGS SETTING CRITERIA


4.1. Cased Hole Sections
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.4.1
4.1.1. As a rule of thumb, spacing between plugs in excess of 1000 m
should be avoided in cased holes.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.4.1
4.1.2. Beyond pipes hydrocarbon bearing level/s that may allow migration of
formation fluids through casing connection or leaks; in this case plugs
(combination of cement and mechanical plug suggested) are to be
set at the top of each identified level. This is particularly
recommended whenever deep and/or HP-HT wells are concerned.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.4.1
4.1.3. Beyond pipes corrosive fluids bearing levels that may migrate through
casing connection or leaks, or because of pitting; also in this case
plugs (combination of cement and mechanical plug suggested) are to
be set at the top of each identified level. This is particularly
recommended whenever deep and/or HP-HT wells are concerned.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.4.1
4.1.4. Pressure transition zones, including salt or highly active shale
formations. Abandon plug should be set at the top of a pressure
transition zone whenever this was identified while drilling the well.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.4.1
4.1.5. In any case, it will be mandatory to set an abandoning plug as close
as possible to surface or to the mudline (spacing below surface or
mudline in the range of 50 m; combination of cement and mechanical
plug suggested).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.4.1
4.1.6. Fluid (mud or brine) left between plugs shall feature the same
maximum density requested while drilling.

4.2. Open Hole Sections


DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.4.2
4.2.1. In case thief formations alternate with competent ones, cement plugs
should be set in order to separate the different formations.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.4.2
4.2.2. Cement plugs should be set in front of all hydrocarbon bearing or
permeable strata. Depending on actual situation, cement plugs may
be also set between permeable strata, should these be separated by
competent/impermeable formations.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.4.2
4.2.3. If formations are characterised by different pressure gradient regime,
cement plugs should be set in order to limit the differential pressure
2
gradient for contiguous formations to 0.2 kg/cm /10 m or less.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.4.2
4.2.4. If multiple levels featuring the same hydraulic regime (homogeneous
formations, pressure and production fluid) are concerned, they can be
plugged by means of two cement plugs, provided that the lower one
extends at least 50 m below the bottom of the deeper level and the
upper extends at least 50 m above the top of the higher level.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 119 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.4.2
4.2.5. Cement plug should also be set in the transition between permeable
and cap-rock formation, if any.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.4.2
4.2.6. It is mandatory in any case that abandonment plug is set in the
lowermost casing shoe above an open hole section. Plug may be
cement only, in such a case it shall extend a minimum of 50 m below
the shoe and 50 m above it. On the other hand, abandon plug may be
set inside the casing shoe, in such a case it is suggested that a
bridge plug is set before the cement plug is performed.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.4.2
4.2.7. This cement plug shall be weight and pressure tested for integrity.

4.3. Perforated Casing Sections


4.3.1. Wells to be permanently abandoned
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.4.3
4.3.1.1. Perforations shall be cement squeezed-off through a cement retainer
set at the top of the perforations. Cement is to be left below the C.R.
If allowed by spacing between different series of perforations, a
cement plug should be set on top of the C.R.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.4.3
4.3.1.2. Relevant cement plug/s shall be weight and pressure tested for
integrity.
4.3.2. Wells to be recovered (suspended or temporary abandoned)
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.4.3
4.3.2.1. Perforations may not be cement squeezed-off, but a suitable
mechanical plug (bridge plug, permanent retrievable plug, cement
retainer, etc.) will set at the top of each perforated level.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.4.3
4.3.2.2. Effort shall be paid in order to ease the recovery of mechanical plugs,
should the well be recovered as producer. Suitable sand/carbonate
plug, followed by a cement plug shall be set above the mechanical
plug set on top of the uppermost perforated level. This cement plug
shall be weight and pressure tested for integrity.

DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.4.3
4.3.2.3. Should the formation damage issue be a matter of concern,
perforated section may be temporary abandoned leaving the
formation fluid or un-weighted (solid free) fluid below the mechanical
plug. In any case, fluid above the uppermost plug shall be weighted
in order to withstand the formation pressure at the depth the
uppermost plug is set.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.4.3
4.3.2.4. The uppermost and other relevant cement plug/s shall be weight and
pressure tested for integrity.
4.4. Top of Liner
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.4.4
4.4.1. For wells to be recovered, a cement plug shall be set above the
topmost liner equipment (either the liner hanger, packer, PBR, tie-
back receptacle, etc.), ensuring that the liner equipment head is not
damaged. A sand/carbonate plug, spotted before the cement plug is
performed, may help in avoiding cement setting in the top liner
equipment.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.4.4
4.4.2. For wells to be permanently abandoned, a cement plug shall be set
across the liner hanging section, roughly 50 m below and 50-100 m
above the liner hanger. Depending upon contingent situations, setting
mechanical plug in the liner section may be considered.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 120 of 206

4.5. Sealing of Un-cemented Annuli


DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.4.5
4.5.1. If the top of cement in the annulus is below the previous casing shoe,
it is suggested that annulus is sealed off by mean of re-cementing
operation to be performed through perforations. It is suggested that
perforations allow for some 100 m section to be re-cemented and
that the topmost set of perforation to be close to the previous casing
shoe
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.4.5
4.5.2. Following annulus re-cementing, a cement plug will be set above the
cement retainer, extending some 50 m above the topmost set of
perforations.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.4.5
4.5.3. Plug will be pressure and weight tested
5. ABANDONMENT OF COMPLETED WELLS
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.5
5.1. If SBHP is lower than hydrostatic pressure of the production fluid, all
annuli will be cemented up to surface and the completion string will
be totally abandoned in the well.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.5
5.2. In the other situations, the completion string will be recovered up to
50 m under the shoe of the surface casing or in any cases not deeper
than 250 m from surface.
5.2.1. Open hole
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.5
5.2.1.1. By means of a pulling unit retrieve both, packer and completion
string.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.5
5.2.1.2. Perform a cement plug to plug the casing string at the shoe just
above the open hole section. Such cement plug shall extend at least
50 meters above and below the shoe depth.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.5
5.2.1.3. If it is impossible to retrieve the packer, a cement squeeze will be
performed in the formation below the packer and afterwards the
completion string above the packer will be cut and retrieved.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.5
5.2.1.4. If the squeeze is not allowed, a bridge plug will be set in the
completion string below the packer, then the completion string above
the packer will be retrieved and a cement plug will be set above the
packer.
5.2.2. Perforated casing
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.5
5.2.2.1. Each zone producing from casing perforations shall be squeeze-
cemented through packer/cement retainer.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.5
5.2.2.1.1. Before setting the mechanical plugs, the casing shall be internally
cleaned using taper mill.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.5
5.2.2.1.2. The cement retainer will be set as close as possible to the top of
perforations (usually 10-15m; avoid setting it on a casing collar).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.5
5.2.2.1.3. The cement slurry volume will be calculated in order to fill volume
from the bottom of perforations up to the cement retainer plus a
minimum of 100 litres per metre of perforated zone.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.5
5.2.2.1.4. At the end of the squeeze job, a 50 m cement plug shall be set above
the cement retainer.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.5
5.2.2.1.5. If use of mechanical plug is not possible, a cement plug shall be
placed with upper and lower ends located at least 50 m above and
below the perforated zone. This alternative must be considered as a
contingency option.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 121 of 206

5.3. Wells Featuring Annulus Pressure

5.3.1. Top of cement below the surface


DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.5.1
5.3.1.1. If the top of cement in the annulus of the casing to be removed is
below the surface, annulus pressure behaviour shall be monitored
analysed in order to define the optimum abandoning method.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.5.1
5.3.1.2. Fast pressure build up: it is suggested that holes are punched in the
casing some 100 m above the recorded T.O.C.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.5.1
5.3.1.3. Slow or no pressure build up: Casing can be carefully cut some 100-
200 m above the recorded T.O.C. Operations shall be in accordance
with criteria stated in part 2.1.2.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.5.1
5.3.1.4. It is to be considered that, most likely, these operations will be
performed with a work-over rig will, so attention must be paid to
issues related to work-over rig capabilities and safety issue.
5.3.2. Top of cement up to surface
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.5.1
5.3.2.1. Attention will to be paid to the annulus pressure behaviour. Annulus
pressure shall be bleed off and subsequent pressure build up
monitored.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.5.1
5.3.2.2. In order to ensure that annulus pressure will not extend up to surface
in the abandoned well, it is required that sealing is set somewhere in
the annulus. To achieve this, a window will be cut in the casing
choosing the lowermost possible interval.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.5.1
5.3.2.3. Length of the window shall be such to allow for the setting of one or
more cement inflatable packer/s plus some 30-50 m above them.
5.3.2.4. Packers will be inflated with cement and, subsequently, one or more
cement plug/s shall be set in accordance with concepts and criteria
set forth in parts 1 through 4 herein.

5.4. Wells Without Annulus Pressure


DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.5.2
5.4.1. For wells without annulus pressure abandonment will be performed in
accordance with concepts and criteria set forth in parts 1 through 4
herein.
6. NOTE FOR ABANDONING OFFSHORE WELLS
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.6
6.1. The use of work-over rig is mandatory for abandonment of off-shore
wells.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.6
6.2. Concepts and criteria set-forth herein still apply to off-shore wells; the
prevailing option shall be the one that ensures the maximum chances
of success for definitive and safest abandon conditions, regardless
the cost of operations.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 14.6
6.3. The sea floor shall be left free from obstacles at the end of the
abandonment operations.

Reference List:
‘Drilling Design Manual’ ARQ/WOP/MAN/002

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 122 of 206

OP3. COMPLETION AND WORKOVER OPERATIONS


OP. 3.1. GENERAL

Reference
1. BOP STACK AND TESTING
1.1. The BOP stack configuration including ram sizes should be in
accordance with the Well Programme.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 3.1.2
1.2. After the BOP stack has been installed, the DS shall produce a
sketch of the BOP including the size and location of the rams and
the depths referred to RKB and send it with the BOP Test Report.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.1.1
1.3. All BOP tests, drills, function tests, any malfunctions, repair or
maintenance to the mud system and well control equipment shall
be recorded in the IADC daily reports and shall be signed by both
the Drilling Contractor's Toolpusher and Company's Drilling and
Completion Supervisor on the well site. They shall also be
recorded in the Agip Iran B.V. Daily Drilling Report’
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 4.3-f
1.4. The test schedule will be according to local regulations but will be
at least every 14 days. If operational constraints prevent a
scheduled pressure test, a dispensation will be requested and
issued by the authorities and held on file
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 4.3-h
1.5. In workover operations prior to pulling the tubing, the BOP stack
will be tested against plugs set in the tubing hanger.

1.6. BOP test after the completion has been pulled


DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 4.3
1.6.1. Use a test tool when pressures are lower than the internal casing
yield pressure.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 4.3
1.6.2. Use a tubing hanger and plugs installed in the tubing spool when
test pressures are higher than the internal casing yield pressure.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 4.3
1.6.3. Depending on the type of completion to be pulled the appropriate
rams will be installed into BOP:
On single completion install concentric rams
On dual completion single pulling string use off set rams
On dual completion when simultaneously pulling both strings use
dual rams plus centralisers rams.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.4.3
1.6.4. Any time the BOP stack is nippled up and after repairing
operations, all BOP operating equipment hoses, control panels,
regulator connections, shall be checked and tested to the
maximum manufacturer's recommended pressure for closing and
opening the BOP's .

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 123 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.3.1
1.6.5. All BOP components shall be pressure tested with a test plug to a
low pressure of 300psi (21kg/cm2) and then to the following
pressures:
• The lower connector, against one set of pipe rams, to the rated
WP of the wellhead or the ram type preventer, whichever is
lower.
• All the other components, to a minimum pressure equal to, the
maximum anticipated wellhead pressure, or 70% of the internal
yield pressure of the weakest item of equipment, whichever is
the lower.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.4.1
1.6.6. The BOP 300psi low pressure tests will be performed first. They
are to be held for a min period of 5min. If the BOP does not pass
the low pressure test, do not carry out the high pressure test.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 7.4.1
1.6.7. It is recommended that high pressure tests are held for a minimum
of 10min. The maximum acceptable pressure drop over this 10min
period is 100psi.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 4.3-d
1.6.8. Hold pressure for 10min. The acceptable pressure drop is 100psi
of the initial pressure before stabilisation, unless local legislation
dictates otherwise.

Reference
2. WELL CONTROL
2.1. Well Control Drills
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 8.3.1
2.1.1. Pit Drills:
The purpose of this drill is to ensure that the drill crews are familiar
with the Soft Shut-In procedure implemented in the event of taking
a kick while drilling.

2.1.2. Particular care has to be taken during the crew change, make sure
all information is handed over.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1
2.1.3. The Company Drilling and Completion Supervisor shall be present
on the rig floor at the beginning of every trip to check for fill-up.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1
2.1.4. Always use the trip tank (tripping in and out) and accurately record
volumes to make sure the hole is taking/giving the proper amount
of fluid.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.5
2.1.5. After nippling up a BOP stack, minimum requirements for kill mud
cannot be specified. The volume and density of kill mud shall be
adjusted to the well pressure prognosis and pit volumes available
on the rig.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 124 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.5
2.1.6. Properties of reserve and kill mud should be checked and
maintained daily and recorded the mud report.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 4.1-f
2.1.7. Safety valves have been tested and are available already made up
and in open position with the crossovers to the workstring and
Weco connections to suit the kill line connection.

Reference
3. FLUID LOSS CONTROL
3.1. Avoid reverse circulate whenever possible.

3.2. Do not close blind rams after a trip and keep hole under control if
necessary with the trip tank on.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.0
3.3. When lost circulation is encountered, some specific information DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 6.2
regarding the situation is required prior to initiating corrective
procedures.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.3
3.4. An automatic pit level device shall be installed and operational, at
all times, on all mud pits and on the trip tank. A pit volume recorder
shall be continuously working on the rig floor and on the Mud
Logging Unit.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 7.1
3.5. Always use the trip tank (in and out) and accurately record
volumes to make sure the hole is taking/giving the proper amount
of fluid. If any discrepancy is observed, the Driller shall
immediately inform the Tool Pusher and Company Drilling and
Completion Supervisor.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 4.9
3.6. Prior to using a LCM pill, consideration will be given to reducing
the hydrostatic head by reducing the brine weight (with drill water)
and so reduce the level of losses. This will only be attempted if the
reduction in weight does not compromise the safety of the well.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 4.9
3.7. LCM pills used in completion operations should be selected in
order minimise potential damage to producing formations.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 4.9.1
3.8. Viscous Pills
These can be built, either, using drill water, completion brine or a
higher weight brine as a base and adding a predispersed liquid
viscosifier to increase the funnel viscosity according to the well
programme.

3.9. If fluid loss control is needed and no results are obtained with a
viscous pill, calcium carbonate or others specific bridging agents
should be used.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 125 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 4.9.2
3.10. Sized Salt Pills
The actual composition of the sized salt pill will be determined
primarily by the porosity, permeability and temperature of the
formation to be bridged.
Sized salt pills must be formulated in a saturated brine base to
prevent solution of the bridging material.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 4.9.3
3.11. Calcium Carbonate Pills:
Calcium carbonate can be used as a drilling fluid and for LCM pills
to control fluid losses. In completion operations it is now the most
commonly used fluid for controlling fluid losses.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.5
3.12. Minimum stock requirements for mud weighting materials,
chemicals, pipe freeing agent, dispersant, lost circulation material,
cement, kill and reserve mud on the rig, depends on the well
pressure prognosis, severity of potential drilling problems and rig
load capacity.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 4.7.2
3.13. During well completion and workover operations, all steps must be
taken to ensure that, if any fluid is in contact with the formation, it
is both clean and filtered. A fluid in any other condition will, for the
reasons stated above, result in some degree of formation
impairment.

Reference List:
‘Drilling Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/003
‘Completion Procedures Manual’
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005
‘Well Control Policy Manual’
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008
‘Drilling Fluids Operations Manual’
DARQ/WOP/MAN/011

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 126 of 206

OP. 3.2. WELL PREPARATION

Reference
1. CASING CLEANING
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 4.2
1.1. A suitably sized bit, or junk mill, and tandem scraper assembly will
be run to clean out the casing or liner of any excess cement, and
to scrape the intended perforated interval(s).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.2
1.2. Solids control shall be performed using the appropriate equipment,
whenever needed. Maintain the right pressure on the desander
and desilter manifold for maximum performance.

1.3. Prior to displace fluid in hole, empty all surface lines and pits and
wash with proper solution or solvent.

1.4. Cushions have to be used to separate mud from the completion


fluid.

1.5. When pressure allows displacement should be done in reverse


circulation.

1.6. A second series of washing cushions can be circulated once the


hole is completely filled with completion fluid.

1.7. Use of acid cushion to remove casing scales to be considered.

Reference
2. COMPLETION AND PACKER FLUIDS
2.1. Definitions

2.1.1. Completion fluid:


It is the fluid in the well during the installation (or the removal) of
the completion.

2.1.2. Packer fluid:


It is the fluid in the casing/tubing annulus above the upper packer
after the packer has been set. Packer fluid can be either the same
fluid used while running the completion (completion fluid) or any
other fluid displaced in the annulus above the upper packer after
the completion operation. Packer fluid may sometimes be ‘non kill
weight fluid’.

2.2. Completion fluid


DARQ/WOP/MAN/004 7.3.6
2.2.1. Hydrostatic pressure has to control formation pressure (300psi
minimum overbalance).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/004 7.3.6
2.2.2. Completion fluid, if not solids free, has to be conditioned in order to
avoid solid settling.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 127 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.2
2.2.3. Rheology shall be checked three times a day or more frequently if
requested by Company Drilling and Completion Supervisor.

2.3. Packer fluid


2.3.1. Characteristics have to be stable over time.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/004 7.3.6
2.3.2. It should be suitably dosed with corrosion inhibitors and oxygen
scavenger to prevent corrosion to the exposed tubulars and
elastomers.

Reference
3. BRINE
3.1. Brine handling

3.1.1. Rig personnel involved must be aware of brine properties.


3.1.2. Proper safety equipment as plastic hand gloves, goggles and
rubber boots should be wear when handling and mixing heavy
brine.

3.1.3. A breathing mask has to be used to avoid breathing salt dust.

3.1.4. Do not expose skin to salt dust or liquid.

3.1.5. As heavy brine solution is hygroscopic, density must be checked


frequently in dump weather condition.

3.1.6. Check mud system butterfly isolating valves when changing from
mud to brine.

3.2. Brine filtration


DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 4.8.1
3.2.1. A pit of brine will not be filtered by circulation on itself.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 4.8.1
3.2.2. All filtered brine will be checked to ensure that it meets the
required level of cleanliness.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 4.8.1
3.2.3. Filter brine from the dirty pit to a dedicated clean tank, or pump
directly into the well.

3.2.4. Monitor ∆P across the two filter units to control system efficiency. DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 4.8

DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 4.8
3.2.5. The prime filtration system is the Diatomaceous Earth filter press
with a bag filter system for use as a downstream guard filter
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 4.8
3.2.6. First filtering stage has to be performed with a DE filter unit.

3.2.7. Cleanliness must be checked at the casing return and downstream


the filter unit.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 128 of 206

Reference
4. CMT LOGGING
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.5
4.1. CBL/CET shall be run after a minimum of 24 hours WOC (48
hours are recommended).

4.2. A shooting nipple with stuffing box has to be installed if the well is
open to the reservoir.

4.3. The contractor has to specify the emergency cable cutting


procedure.

Reference List:
‘Completion Design Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/004
‘Completion Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/005
‘Drilling Procedures Manual DARQ/WOP/MAN/003

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 129 of 206

OP. 3.3. WELLBORE COMPLETION

Reference
1. PERFORATING
1.1. Preliminary

1.1.1. The Contractor shall specify all the equipment and accessory that
shall be utilised to perform the service (appendix 3 of technical
specifications) and the crew composition (appendix 2 of technical
specifications).

1.1.2. A copy of the Perforating Contractor’s Safety Procedure on Gun


Handling and Running shall be made available on site.

1.2. General Notes


DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.1
1.2.1. A safety meeting must be held with all the personnel involved in
the operations.

1.2.2. Verify with the service personnel the shot density, phasing and
perforation intervals as per perforating programme.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.3-l
1.2.3. The first casing perforation shall be performed in daylight.
Subsequent series of shots can be carried out at any time.

1.2.4. Company Geologist should be present on rig site for correlation


(whenever possible).

1.3. Safety
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.3-b
1.3.1. Perforating operations should be carried out strictly according to
the safety policies of Agip Iran B.V. and the perforating Contractor.
In the event of any inconsistency between policies, the most
conservative policy will apply.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.3-d
1.3.2. Only perforating Contractor’s personnel is allowed to remain in the
hazardous area (gangway, rig floor etc.) during arming of guns.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.5.1
1.3.3. While arming and connecting the guns no electrical change are to
be made on the rig that would cause the gun to fire.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.4
1.3.4. Electrical welding operations must be stopped before any work DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.1
with explosive start.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.1
1.3.5. All radio transmitters must be turned off prior to shooting
operations; when the guns are 30m below ground level the radio
can be turned on (when required).

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 130 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.3-i
1.3.6. All radio transmitters, radio beacons included, within a radius of
500ft from the well, shall be turned off, (since they may detonate
blasting caps), starting from gun arming until perforating guns are
500ft below the sea bottom (similarly, when pulling guns out of
hole and guns above 500ft).

1.3.7. After the guns have been removed from the well, it shall be
inspected to see that all the charges are fired.

1.4. Wireline perforators

1.4.1. Inside casing


DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.4
1.4.1.1. Rig up and pressure test the Shooting Nipple.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.4.1-5
1.4.1.2. Check the distance between the CCL or GR and the top shot. In
case of selective gun, the distance from the CCL to the top of each
section.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.4.1-4
1.4.1.3. Do not run a perforating string longer than the distance between
the blind rams and the stuffing box.

1.4.1.4. After perforations perform a 15min static control monitoring the


fluid level.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.4.1-11
1.4.1.5. After perforations pull out of the hole slowly without swab the well
(less than 5,000 ft/hour).

1.4.2. Through tubing


DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.4.2-1
1.4.2.1. The wireline BOPs and lubricator should have been pressure
tested.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.4.2-3
1.4.2.2. Rig up wireline for a full bore drift run. Run in the hole and drift the
tubing.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.4.2-7
1.4.2.3. Correlate the GR/CCL to the original GR log. Record a short
section of film across the interval to be perforated showing at least
five casing collars and the pup joint at the top of the reservoir
zone. Do not run down into the perforations on subsequent runs.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.4.2-.8
1.4.2.4. Position the string at the desired perforating interval and fire the
guns.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.4.2-9
1.4.2.5. Observe and record WHSIP to confirm the guns have fired.

1.4.2.6. Do not flow the well with the toolstring inside the tubing string.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 131 of 206

1.5. Tubing Conveyed Perforating


DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.6.1
1.5.1. Run a bit and scraper to clean the casing before running the TCP
system.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.6.4
1.5.2. Radio silence must be in force before connecting the firing head
until the guns are 100 metres below ground level. On recovery of
the guns, regardless of any indications that they have past 100m
below rotary table until the firing head is removed.

1.5.3. Install the radioactive tag, if needed, as near as possible to the


gun assembly. The service Specialist will have the planned Hook-
Up diagram with OD, ID and length.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.6.4-9
1.5.4. Rig up the main logging cable and run a gamma ray logging tool
down to the correlation depth. Tie-in on depth to the reference log
and record on sufficient film to show both radioactive pip markers
and any zones of gamma ray character on the log.

1.5.5. Space out the tubing string to place the shots exactly on depth,
making proper allowance for the desired tubing compression or
tension.

1.5.6. If case of TCP with a permanent completion, use the resonding


firing system.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.6
1.5.7. In case of DST testing with retrievable packer and TCP guns, use
a minimum of two independent firing systems.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.6
1.5.8. In case of use of mechanical firing head, the firing system shall
have a double safety device in order to prevent accidental
gunshot.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.6
1.5.9. If the guns have to be dropped down, verify the sufficient rat hole.

1.5.10. To prevent corkscrewed tubing between the top guns and packer,
a shock absorber shall be used.

Reference
2. SAND CONTROL
2.1. Gravel pack

2.1.1. Under-reaming should be performed using a non damaging fluid


DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 6.4-2
2.1.2. Well fluids and sand carrying fluids must be filtered.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 6.4-1
2.1.3. All mud system involved in the gravel operations must be cleaned
(including wellhead and BOP cavity).

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 132 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 6.4-6
2.1.4. Verify screen gauge and gravel delivered is correct according to
the well programme.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 6.5-7
2.1.5. Gauge wash pipes and BHA. Verify centralisers are of the correct
dimensions and properly spaced out.

2.1.6. Verify gravel size.


DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 6.2
2.1.7. The space between the wires in a screen is termed the ‘Gauge’
which in turn is selected according to the grade of pack sand the
screen must retain.

2.1.8. Working string used to place GP should be plastic coated. Check


for coating integrity at the DP ends.

2.1.9. Have pup joints available to space out the work string.

2.1.10. Run the BHA in the hole slowly to prevent damage of the screen.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 6.5.10
2.1.11. Apply pipe dope sparingly on the pin end only when making up the
work string.

2.1.12. Perform a circulation test using different rates prior to start GP


operations.

2.1.13. Always measure the quantity or evaluate the gravel reversed out.

Reference
3. CASING MILLING
3.1. Mud or viscosified brine is needed.

3.2. Install ditch magnets in the mud circuit.

3.3. Test the knives are opening by pumping through the tool prior to
running in hole.

3.4. If an accurate depth is required a correlation log is needed.

3.5. Once on depth, rotation has to start prior to the mud pump.

3.6. Use low weights in section milling. A normal range can be


considered to be between 4000 and 8000lbs.

3.7. Watch the cuttings over the shale shaker to monitor the tool and
mud system efficiency.

3.8. The section of casing milled must be re-passed prior to pull out
tool.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 133 of 206

3.9. Continue to circulate returns clean prior to starting pulling out of


the hole.

3.10. Pay attention when re-entering the casing as the knives could be
stuck in the open position.

Reference List:
‘Completion Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/005

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 134 of 206

OP. 3.4. COMPLETION PULL OUT

Reference
1. WELL KILLING
1.1. General

1.1.1. Check and record well head pressure.

1.1.2. Pressure test line at least 500psi over max. foreseeable pressure.

1.1.3. Pressurise kill line 200-300psi above the well head pressure before
opening the Xmas tree valve.

1.1.4. Be careful not to exceed the fracture pressure given in the


programme with the bottom hole pressure.

1.1.5. Bleed off any eventual residual pressure and perform a flow check
for at least 30mins.

1.2. Bullheading
DARQ/WOP/MAN/008 5.1.5
1.2.1. Bullheading should be performed with an aim of not fracturing the
formation. The surface squeeze pressure applied should not
exceed the pre-calculated MAASP.

1.2.2. Be careful not to exceed the fracturing pressure given in the


programme with the bottom hole pressure.

1.2.3. Unless particular problems arise such as overpressure or


mechanical problems, perform bullheading at a high pump rate
and never cease pumping once the operation has begun, until the
calculated volume of kill fluid has been pumped.

1.2.4. Monitor casing pressure during operation. If pumping in a string of


a dual completion, during killing monitor also second string. In
special circumstances there might be a requirement for
maintaining a back pressure on the annulus (e.g., short seal
assembly in the packer, low tension snap latch, etc.).

1.2.5. Once the calculated volume has been pumped if an increment in


pressure is noticed, immediately stop the mud pump.

1.2.6. Hold any final pressure until it drops to zero or it stabilises.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 135 of 206

1.3. Killing by circulation

1.3.1. Perform killing by reverse circulation is the normal procedure.

1.3.2. Balance pressure at the circulating depth between the tubing and
the casing before establishing communication.

1.3.3. In dual completions establish circulation L/S-S/S by opening the


ports between the two packers.

1.3.4. Reverse circulate through choke manifold until weight of fluid is the
same in and out. During the reverse circulation, the backpressure
maintained at the choke shall be calculated in order to keep the
bottom hole pressure between the formation and the fracturing
pressure.

1.3.5. Flow check every 30mins.

1.4. Killing by CTU

1.4.1. Nipple up the equipment and pressure test the coiled tubing and
BOP stack.

1.4.2. Pressurise the coiled tubing to 200-300psi above wellhead


pressure before opening the Xmas tree valves.

1.4.3. Run the coiled tubing to bottom hole checking overpull at


predetermined depths. Monitor the STHP and ensure that it is not
building up.

1.4.4. Once at the bottom circulate with adequate kill fluid having return
through choke manifold.

1.4.5. Stop circulation when kill fluid weight in and out is both the same.

1.4.6. Flow check every 30mins

1.5. Lubricate and bleed killing method

1.5.1. This method can be used to completely kill the well or to reduce
the shut-in pressure in high pressure wells.

1.5.2. To get the maximum advantage from this method start the
operations flowing the well to reduce shut-in pressure then close,
stop flowing and start pumping killing fluid.

1.5.3. Do not allow a large volume of killing fluid to be discharged during


the bleeding phase.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 136 of 206

Reference
2. PACKER UNSEATING AND COMPLETION PULLING
2.1. General

2.1.1. Consult the final completion report to check the packer(s) shear
ring(s) value and decide the max. pull to apply.

2.1.2. Use the same type of tubing joint used for the completion with the
proper crossover to make up the landing joint(s).

2.1.3. Install the circulating head in the open position on the landing
joint(s).

2.1.4. When unsetting the packer do not exceed the max. tension
applicable for the tubing joint.

2.1.5. If overpull is required and is excessive, stop pulling and work the
pipe up and down.

2.1.6. If the max. tension is reached and no progress is made, the tubing
has to be cut above the packer so as to be able to be engaged
with a fishing string.

2.1.7. Once the packers are unset, work the string slowly allowing the
packer elements time to relax fully then pull the tubing hanger to
surface.

2.1.8. After the tubing hanger has been removed from its seat, circulate
one full hole volume of conditioning fluid since gas may be trapped
below the packer, be ready to circulate through choke manifold.

2.1.9. Make an accurate list of all the joints and all the special tools in
hole to be broken out.

2.2. Pulling carbon steel tubing

2.2.1. For breaking-out, the back-up tong has to be positioned on the


lower part of the coupling (if applicable).

2.2.2. A low gear will be selected in the power tong for break-out.

2.2.3. Be certain the power tong can move with the pipe, and that the
pipe is not supporting the weight of the power tong. To ensure this,
stop spinning after five turns, disengage the tong from the pipe
body, then re-engage the tong and complete break-out.

2.2.4. Apply thread storage compound and install protectors.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 137 of 206

2.3. Pulling alloy tubing

2.3.1. Padding material will be fitted to the V-door and cat walk areas to
prevent damaging the tubulars as they are laid out.

2.3.2. Ensure that the power tongs are fitted with the correct size non-
marking dies.

2.3.3. Tubing slips and elevator will be dressed with low stress dies.

2.3.4. The use of a pick-up/lay-down machine is recommended.

2.3.5. Care must be taken setting pipe in the slips to prevent shock
loading and impact damage.

2.3.6. The connection will be broken using a power tong at a low speed
of 2rpm.

2.3.7. Once the thread has been broken, the connection will be backed
off by using a strap wrench.

2.3.8. Storage compound will be applied and clean thread protectors


installed.

2.3.9. Never pull out alloy tubing in stands.

Reference list:
‘Well Control Policy Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/008

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 138 of 206

OP. 3.5. PIPE/TOOL RECOVERY

Reference
1. PACKER MILLING
1.1. Install a wear bushing during this operation.

1.2. If a packer milling tool (Baker or similar) is used, have more shoes
of the same size (OD-ID) on location as one might not be enough
to mill a packer.

1.3. While preparing the tool make sure the ID of the extension is
bigger than the ID of the milling shoe.

1.4. The use of a junk basket (or junk sub) positioned just above the
milling tool is recommended.

1.5. With a milling tool, the use of a rotary jar is recommended.

1.6. Install ditch magnets in the mud system.

1.7. Consider the use of a centraliser, especially in a deviated hole.

1.8. If not working in mud, a viscosified brine must be used.

1.9. Using a packer milling tool with catch sleeve, the packer must be
reached with the Kelly while circulating.

1.10. At least 3 metres of Kelly have to be above the rotary table when
engaging the packer.

1.11. When approaching the packer, watch M/D and pump pressure
gauge carefully to observe that the milling tool is entering the
packer.

1.12. Check and record the up, down and rotating weights, also check
and record the torque before entering with the catch sleeve in the
packer.

1.13. Once the packer has been located, pick up the milling tool, start
rotation and then lower the milling tool to start milling. Never start a
mill when on the fish.

1.14. During milling, pick up the milling tool from time to time to change
the working position.

1.15. To have a high annular velocity, the pump flow rate should be the
highest allowed by the pump and the hole conditions.

1.16. If rubber is reducing milling rate try shutting off the mud pump for
short periods and spud the mill frequently.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 139 of 206

Reference
2. FREE POINT
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.4.2-a
2.1. A Free Point survey shall be run to select the back-off point.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.4.2-f
2.2. Pipe which appears to be free in tension does not always react to
applied torque. There is a greater chance of succeeding with the
back-off if the pipe is free under both tension and torque.

2.3. If an accurate free point depth is required an electric free point log
must be carried out.

2.4. A pressure holding device, as a hydrolex or stuffing box, has to be


installed on the string with the possibility to pump in hole if needed.

2.5. The most common procedure to locate the free point is to perform
it in steps always splitting the string by half.

2.6. The tension applied to the string with the free point tool on depth,
has to be higher than the weight of the string itself pulling out of
hole.

2.7. Do not apply the same tension all times but vary.

2.8. If the tool used allows, check for pipe free under stretch and
torque.

Reference
3. BACK OFF
3.1. Only a mechanical back off has to be attempted on tubing joints
and it has to be used as last resort.

3.2. A circulating head has to be installed on the string.

3.3. Set the weight in neutral at the desired depth.

3.4. If a top drive is available, start turning the string counter-clockwise


a predetermined number of turns depending on the type of thread
and the depth of back off.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5-7
3.5. Apply left hand torque in a series of steps. Work the pipe at each
step to transfer the torque downhole.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5-8
3.6. The maximum amount of left hand torque should be 80% of the
maximum value used for the right hand torque.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5-9
3.7. Once the right amount of left hand torque is applied, run the Back-
off tool to the back- off point.
.
3.8. Hold the torque and reciprocate sting to transmit torque to the
bottom.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 140 of 206

3.9. Set the string in the same position with the same pull and give few
more turns.

3.10. Repeat the operation until the pipe is free.

3.11. If a top drive is not available, after the string has been turned with
the slips in the rotary table, torque should be released and the
back turns have to be recorded to see the effective turns taken by
the string.

3.12. Left hand threaded drill pipe, or reversing tool, can be considered
for performing a mechanical back off.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5-10
3.13. Pull the drill string out of the hole. Fire the charge when across the
selected joint connection and retrieve the tool.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5-13
3.14. If the operation is unsuccessful, release the left hand torque,
circulate to clean the string from back-off debris and start again.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5
3.15. The backing-off of drill collar connections should be performed by
following the same procedure. Problems may arise due to the
difficulty in identifying the Free Point and with higher left hand
torque required.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.5
3.16. As general rule, the first attempt to back off should be made at the
first connection above the free point. Subsequent attempt should
be made moving upward one stand at a time.

Reference
4. TUBING PUNCHER
4.1. All the safety procedures for explosive running must be followed.

4.2. This operation is normally done before removing the Xmas tree
and pressure testing equipment is mandatory.

4.3. Identify the type of charges and check if they match with the type
and material of tubing in the hole.

4.4. Make sure the engineer in charge of the job has measured the
distance between the CCL and the top of the charges.

4.5. Depth correlation will be done with a CCL compared with the
tubing tally in the completion report.

4.6. Pressure at punching depth has to be equalised or kept higher


inside tubing by pressurising with rig pump to get an overbalance
from tubing to the annulus.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 141 of 206

4.7. Keep tubing and annulus pressure under observation during the
operation.

4.8. It is good practice after the puncher has been fired to pull the
puncher about 50m upwards and try to establish circulation.

4.9. Check the gun when out of hole and pay attention to any charges
which may not have fired.

Reference
5. TUBING CUTTER
5.1. Safety procedures for explosive running have to be followed.

5.2. Depth correlation has to be done with a CCL compared against the
completion tubing tally.

5.3. Make sure the tubing cutter, chemical or explosive, has the proper
size and is adequate for the type and material of tubing in hole.

5.4. At all times use pressure control equipment.

5.5. The string should be in tension when cutting. The pull at surface
will be decided according to the depth, the hole characteristics and
the OD of tubing.

5.6. Observe the M/D when firing the tubing cutter.

5.7. Pull the tubing cutter out of the hole taking particular care when
pulling through restrictions in the tubing string such as landing
nipples, sliding sleeves, etc.

5.8. If a chemical cutter is used, once out of hole, wash the rig floor
with abundant amount of water to avoid direct contact with skin or
residual acid.

5.9. A chemical cutter is preferred if the next trip in the hole is with an
overshot.

Reference
6. WASHING OVER
6.1. Hole characteristics such as deviation, dog legs, restriction etc.
have to be considered when planning to run wash over pipe.

6.2. Run the minimum wash pipe joints necessary considering the well
situation at all times.

6.3. Select the proper milling shoe depending on the type of job to be
done and measure the ID and OD of the dressed end and the ID
and OD of the body.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 142 of 206

6.4. The ID of the washover shoe has to be smaller than the washover
pipe ID and the OD larger than the wash pipe OD.

6.5. Check all parameters before entering the fish with washover pipe,
string weight up, down and rotating, torque, pump pressure and
rate.

6.6. Due to the fragility of washover pipe keep the torque carefully
monitored when working on the fish.

6.7. Because of the small clearance between casing ID and wash pipe
OD, frequently pick up the string to avoid getting stuck.

6.8. After the washpipe has been pulled out, before re-running the
same joints, an accurate check of the threads and the body must
be done.

6.9. The pump flow rate should be high enough to keep the milling
shoe free from cuttings and to have an annular velocity high
enough to carry the cuttings to surface.

Reference
7. FISHING
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.2-2
7.1. A detailed and accurate sketch of the equipment in the hole is
necessary to make a proper fishing tool selection.

7.2. If the hole or fish condition is not known, more information can be
obtained by running an impression block on drill pipe, or cable, to
get a picture of the top of the fish.

7.3. If a parted string has been retrieved, information can be obtained


from the end condition of the parted string.

7.4. With any type of fishing tool used, the fish should be approached
with the pumps on.

7.5. When the top of fish is in good condition, an overshot can be run
to attempt recovery. If not in good shape it must be redressed with
a mill first.

7.6. Check the grapple and mill control for proper size when running an
overshot. Also check the guide and top connection ID compared to
the OD of fish.

7.7. Unless for particular situations, an overshot will be run all times
with a jar and DCs.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 143 of 206

7.8. If the fish is plugged, and no circulation is expected, once engaged


with the overshot, it is good practice to remove the mill control seal
prior to running. In any case the possibility of being able to
circulate with the fishing tool engaged has to be considered.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.4.1
7.9. To engage a fish, the fishing string is lowered and rotated to the
right very slowly, pumping at minimum rate. During the engaging
operation, continuously monitor the weight indicator and stand pipe
pressure.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.4.1
7.10. Prior to engaging the fish, record the weight of fishing string (up,
down and rotating) with and without circulation.

7.11. When running overshot, space out string before engaging the fish,
in order to have the tool joint at the rotary table, or before to install
the Kelly.

7.12. Using the Kelly, a fish can be reached and engaged by slowly
rotating the string (e.g. 10 rpm).

7.13. If an electric line run is planned, do not engage a fish with the
Kelly.

7.14. Slack off weight before trying to unset an overshot by rotating


clockwise.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.4.3
7.15. It is nigh impossible to release the tool once engaged. For this
reason its use has to be considered the last resort and only used
after consultation with Shore Base (Drilling
Manager/Superintendent).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 16.6.4.3
7.16. To engage the fish, apply right hand torque. A gradual increase of
back torque is an indication of successful operation.

7.17. Running a jar with a taper tap or die collar should be evaluated in
every single situation. A jar could negate the fishing tool action.

Reference List:
‘Drilling Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/003

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 144 of 206

OP. 3.6. WELL COMPLETION

Reference
1. TUBING/PACKER INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
1.1. Single string

1.1.1. Always handle the tubing with thread protectors fully screwed on.

1.1.2. Drift the tubing with the correct OD drift mandrel 42” or 1067mm
long.

1.1.3. Ensure the wear bushing has been removed from the tubing spool
prior to starting running the completion or, in case of a metal seal
tubing spool, prior to landing the tubing hanger. In cases where the
retrieving tool is equipped with a bottom thread and no control
lines or electric lines are being run, the wear bushing can be
retrieved prior to installing the SCSSV.

1.1.4. Use safety clamps while running the BHA.

1.1.5. A circulating head with a proper crossover must be available on


the rig floor.

1.1.6. Thorough cleaning of threads with proper solvent and air should be
done immediately before use.

1.1.7. Visually inspect both the male and female thread conditions.

1.1.8. Do not try any repair job on the sealing areas of premium tubing.

1.1.9. Check the tong alignment.

1.1.10. Use a stabbing guide.

1.1.11. Keep the tubing aligned during make-up. The use of a stabber is
recommended for premium tubing.

1.1.12. Make-up the tubing by hand for at least the first two or three turns.

1.1.13. Apply the correct make-up torque value according to the friction
factor for the type of grease being used.

1.1.14. Avoid contamination of the thread compound by water, rain, drilling


fluid, etc. A new bucket of compound should be opened at the
beginning of the installation.

1.1.15. A dope applicator is recommended for use on every type of


connection.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 145 of 206

1.1.16. Use a make-up joint analyser when running premium tubing.

1.1.17. Check for slip marks, depth of damage must be less than 5% of
the wall thickness.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 7.3.2-10
1.1.18. Run in the hole slowly to avoid the piston effect and continuously
watching the M/D. If an overflow of fluid occurs, pumping of a
heavy pill can be considered.

1.1.19. Check the displacement continuously.

1.1.20. Check the anchor screws are completely open before landing the
tubing hanger.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 7.3.2-14
1.1.21. Check and record the weight of the string both up and down.
These data have to record in the final completion report.

1.1.22. Tighten anchor screws to energise the hanger seal and pressure
test before nippling down the BOP. A two way BPV shall also be
installed and tested prior to nippling down the BOP.

1.1.23. Calibrate the string with wireline.

1.1.24. A correlation log must be conducted if accurate packer positioning


is required.

1.2. Dual string (simultaneous)

1.2.1. Have two circulating heads available on the rig floor with the
correct tubing thread.

1.2.2. During running in the hole, keep the long string/short string gap as
per the programme.

1.2.3. The tubing hanger guide in the tubing spool has to be positioned
prior to lower the tubing hanger.

1.2.4. Calibrate the short string and long string with wireline before
installing the Xmas tree.

1.3. Special alloy tubing

1.3.1. Always use extremely clean plastic thread protectors fully screwed
on.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.5-9
1.3.2. The thread protectors will be removed and cleaned and the
threads cleaned and inspected by an approved thread inspector.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 146 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.5-4
1.3.3. Always handle the tubing with nylon slings.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.5-12
1.3.4. The tubing will be drifted from end to end using a nylock drift to
API spec. The drift dimensions will be as per (API RP 5A5):
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.7-1
1.3.5. The use of a device such as a pick-up/lay-down system is
recommended to carry the tubing to the V-door. Padding material
will be fitted to the V-door and catwalk areas to prevent damage to
the tubulars.

1.3.6. Before running, check the travelling block-to rotary table


alignment.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.6-4
1.3.7. Use a dope applicator, or similar, to apply the right amount of
thread compound.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.6-5
1.3.8. If no pipe dope applicator is available, apply thread compound
sparingly to the entire pin end and to only the shoulder seal and
first three threads of the box using a new, clean, 1” fibre brush,
ensuring that it fills the thread roots and covers the seal faces and
torque shoulder adequately.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.6-9
1.3.9. A thread inspector must inspect all threads.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.7-8
1.3.10. Tubing slips will be dressed with low stress dies.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.7-2
1.3.11. The power tongs will be fitted with the correct size non-marking
dies.

1.3.12. Make-up joints hand tight with a strap wrench before using power
tongs.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.7-17
1.3.13. The last turns will be made using a torque turn unit with a graphical
torque turn analyser to confirm the correct make up value.

1.3.14. Care will be taken setting pipe in the slips to prevent shock loading
and impact damage.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.7-18
1.3.15. The make up speed should be between 3 to 10rpm. Final make up
should be at 5 rpm.

Reference
2. HYDRAULIC LINE INSTALLATION
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.5.3-7
2.1. Attach an across-coupling protector at the first connection and
ensure the control line is flat against the tubing and is in tension.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.5.3-8
2.2. Run in the hole on tubing applying the protectors at every
connection and mid joint, keeping tension on the control line.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 147 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.5.3-9
2.3. When the spacing out procedure has been completed, wrap the
control line around the pup joint below the hanger to provide
contingency if the line is damaged during make up and landing.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.5.3-8
2.4. Never rotate the string when running in the hole with a control line.

2.5. Never allow any hole fluid to enter the control line.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.5.3-11
2.6. Attach the remaining control line from the reel to the exit port in the
hanger and pressure test the line according to the completion
programme.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.5.3-6
2.7. Lock and monitor the pressure in on the reel keeping the valve
open as it is run in the hole preventing pressure locking, allowing
the string to self fill and checking for control line leaks.

Reference
3. ELECTRIC LINE INSTALLATION
3.1. Install protector/centralisers and ensure the string is properly
centralised to prevent stripping off the electric line or protectors.

3.2. Check the electrical continuity and isolation every 200-300m run in
hole.

3.3. Do not rotate string during running to avoid cable damage.

3.4. Do not suddenly stop the string with the brake to avoid cable
stretching.

Reference
4. SUCKER ROD PUMP INSTALLATION
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 10.2.3-2
4.1. Ensure that the rods and pump assemblies have been properly
checked and tested.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 10.2.3-7
4.2. Pull back to space out the rods so that the polished rod will be
positioned correctly through the stuffing box.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 10.2.3-9
4.3. Make up the stuffing box to the wellhead and pressure test through
the flowline against the standing valve.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 10.2.3-17
4.4. Pressure test according to the programme.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 10.2.3-18
4.5. Begin the pump commissioning process bringing the well
onstream.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 10.2.3-21
4.6. Optimise the pump speed to maximise stable production flowing
conditions.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 148 of 206

4.7. When a tubing pump is used, in deep wells it should be run


complete with standing valve and plunger to avoid damaging the
precision machined surfaces during tripping. On a second trip the
rod string will be connected.

4.8. Rods must be handled with care and stored to ensure they are not
trampled on.

4.9. The use of a hydraulic tong is recommended to obtain uniform


makeup results.

4.10. Once on bottom, establish the pump stroke, space out and install
the polished rod.

Reference
5. ESP SYSTEM INSTALLATION
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 10.1.2
5.1. Gauge the hole prior to running the pump to make sure there is no
clearance problem.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 10.1.2
5.2. The ESP manufacturer’s field representative must thoroughly
check all equipment before installation.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 10.1.2
5.3. The manufacturer’s field representative must direct the assembly
procedure and check the equipment as it is being run-in.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 10.1.2
5.4. Mechanically check the free rotation of downhole components.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 10.1.2
5.5. Check the electrical connection and test the motor, power cable,
and flat cable pothead.

5.6. Check the connecting coupling size is correct.

5.7. When running the BHA in the hole, check if the shaft rotates freely
after every single component has been flanged up.

5.8. Check cable insulation and continuity before to connecting it to the


motor.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 10.1.2
5.9. Make sure the motor and protector are full of oil. Displace the
shipping oil with insulation oil in the seal section.

5.10. The check valve, if required, should be installed 5-6 joints above
the pump.

5.11. The bleeder valve should be installed 1 or 2 joints above the check
valve.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 149 of 206

5.12. Do not make sudden stops with brake during running to avoid
cable damage.

5.13. Do not rotate the string during running to avoid cable damage.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 10.1.2
5.14. Once the run-in procedures are completed and final electrical tests
completed, the manufacturer’s representative will complete the
electrical connections.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 10.1.2
5.15. Phase rotation should be checked carefully to ensure that the
pump will rotate in the correct direction. Start the pump. Fluid
pump-up time, load and no-load voltage and amperage on each
phase must be recorded.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 10.1.2
5.16. Monitor the wellhead pressure while the string is still full of
completion fluid to verify correct pump operation

5.17. Check the cable for any short circuits and insulation every 200-
300m while running and after the eventual splicing.

Reference
6. WELL HEAD INSTALLATION AND TESTING
6.1. Make sure all the protective paint in the sealing seats has been
removed.

6.2. Remove all plugs from test and vent ports in the seal flange prior
to install the Xmas tree and blow air through to make sure all are
free. In the same way test eventual control line ports.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.6.1-2
6.3. Use a lifting flange to hang the Xmas tree.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.6.1-9
6.4. Use a travelling block to hang and lower the Xmas tree onto the
seat to maintain better control.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.6.1-10
6.5. Make sure all Xmas tree valves are open before installation.

6.6. Lower the Xmas tree very slowly on the tubing spool with all bolts
inserted in the base flange so that it is guided to the right position.

6.7. Short strings and long strings have to be easily identified in an


evidently clear and permanent manner.

6.8. The bolt nuts must be tightened, with a torque wrench, gradually in
a progressive 90° phased makeup sequence until the final torque
is reached, continuously checking the gap between the two
flanges.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 150 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.6.1-12
6.9. All pressure testing of energised seals should be carried out
according to the procedures stipulated in the manufacturer’s
manual or well programme procedures. When testing is complete,
bleed off pressure from the test port, remove test apparatus,
replace the check valves and plugs.

6.10. All pressure testing of energised seals has to be carried out.


DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.6.1-14
6.11. Pressure test the tubing hanger upper seal by pressurising the
Xmas tree. The test port on the opposite side of the seal has to be
open during this test.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.6.1-13
6.12. Pressure test the tubing hanger seals and ring joint via the port on
the seal flange. Keep the casing valve on the tubing spool and test
port open during this test.

6.13. Always have one set of spare seals and ring joint available.

6.13.1. Test the control line ports, if any.


DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.6.1-15
6.14. Record all operations on a pressure recorder.

Reference
7. PACKER(S) SETTING
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 7.3.1-6
7.1. Install a plug by wireline in the packer tailpipe landing nipple, fill up
the assembly with brine

7.2. Keep the casing valve on the tubing spool open


DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 7.3.1-14
7.3. Set the packer applying pressure according to the manufacturer’s
setting procedure.

7.4. Hold setting pressure for about 10 min. monitoring any returns
from the casing.

7.5. Bleed off pressure slowly.

7.6. Pressurise the casing to 500psi to test above the packer.

7.7. Record all operations on a pressure recorder.

Reference List:
‘Completion Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/005

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 151 of 206

OP. 3.7. STIMULATION

Reference
1. MATRIX TREATMENT
1.1. Preliminary

1.1.1. A copy of the Company Safety Procedures on corrosive and


poisonous fluid shall be available on site.

1.2. General Notes


DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 15.2
1.2.1. Hold a safety meeting with all the personnel involved in the
operations.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 15.4.3
1.2.2. All the surface lines must be pressure tested and recorded on a
Martin Decker type chart recorder.

1.2.3. Begin acid pumping operation only in day light.

1.2.4. Plan the operation in order to open the well for clean up in day
light.

1.2.5. Iron content in the chloridric acid shall be not more than 1000 ppm.

1.2.6. The acid tanks should be internally coated with acid resistant paint
and equipped with a level indicator.

1.2.7. The pump/squeeze manifold should have outlets for pressure


monitoring and a connection for the pump unit and Xmas tree/test
string. Between all connections an interception valve shall be
fitted.

1.2.8. On the pumping line install a hydraulically actuated valve with


remote control (as near as possible to the wellhead).

1.2.9. Use a computerised control module with continuous recording of


working parameters on tape or floppy disk.

1.2.10. The amounts and volumes of chemical products should be


checked when they arrive at the well site.

1.3. Safety
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 15.2
1.3.1. Only authorised personnel wearing adequate protective clothing
will be allowed in the vicinity of the equipment while an acid
treatment is being performed.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 15.2
1.3.2. All work areas will be chained or roped off, and warning signs
placed at all access routes. The exact requirements will be
specified on the work permits.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 152 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 15.2
1.3.3. Fire hoses will be available in the areas where acid is to be used.
The hoses will be fully charged, so that they can be used
immediately should a spill occur.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 15.2
1.3.4. Sacks of soda ash or calcium carbonate shall be available for
absorbing small spills of acid.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 15.2
1.3.5. Acid showers and eye baths will be available should any personnel
come into contact with acid.

1.3.6. The first aid safety kit for personnel coming in contact with
corrosive and poisonous fluids should be positioned at the rig side.

Reference
2. HYDRAULIC FRACTURING
2.1. General

2.1.1. All equipment shall be positioned at least 15m away from the
wellhead.

2.1.2. Lines connecting blenders and pumps shall be flexible with at least
10 Bar (150 psi) WP.

2.1.3. All lines shall be anchored and pressure tested.

2.1.4. During all the treatment operation the annulus pressure shall be
monitored.

2.1.5. A safety check valve shall be positioned as near as possible to the


wellhead on the pumping line.

2.2. Preliminary Tests

2.2.1. Prior to starting the treatment, it shall be necessary to perform the


following tests:
• Fracture extension pressure.
• Leak-off test.
• Fracture closure pressure.
• Friction loss.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 153 of 206

2.3. Equipment

2.3.1. The equipment required to perform the fracturing job is as follows:


• Water/brine stock tanks.
• Frac fluid stock tanks.
• Pumps equipped with an over pressure shut down system.
• Blender with tub, centrifugal pumps, screw pump,
densitometer, flowmeters.
• Pressure gauges, flowmeters, relief valve, pop-off/bleed
valves, viscometer.
• Surface lines.
• Computerised control module.
• Sand trap, API sieves (if required).
• Proppant tanks (if required).

Reference List:
‘Completion Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/005

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 154 of 206

OP. 3.8. COILED TUBING OPERATIONS

Reference
1. RIG UP, TESTING AND DEPLOYMENT
1.1. The tubing string should be drifted by wireline prior to the first run
of the coiled tubing.

1.2. A coiled tubing specification chart must always be available on the


CT unit.
This chart will contain at least the following data:

1.2.1. Tubing specification:


• Serial Number
• OD
• Max. working pressure
• Max. tensile load.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.2.1
1.2.2. Updated history logs:
• Cycle history log
• Treatment history log
• Last NDT test.

1.3. The CT BOP must be connected directly to the Xmas tree (or to
the flowhead).

1.4. Once the injector and the BOP stack have been positioned, the CT
should be filled and flushed with water to make sure there is no
obstruction.

1.5. All rams and the stripper will be function and pressure tested with
water to at least 500psi over the static wellhead pressure prior to
running in the hole.

1.6. The back pressure valves will also be pressure tested.


DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.5-3
1.7. The weight indicator must be tested before running coiled tubing in
to a well.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.5.4
1.8. Ensure the mechanical and electronic depth counters are set to
zero depth at the swab valve or at the rotary table prior to running
in the hole.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 3.1
1.9. A schematic of the completion string (including string restrictions,
inclinations and string profile) will be given to the CT operator for
guidance when running.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 155 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.5-5
1.10. Standard running speed should be 50ft/min, running or pulling
through unobstructed tubing, slowing to 15ft/min within 50ft either
side of obstructions.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.5-7
1.11. Ensure that the tubing internal pressure is maintained at all time by
pumping.
Ensure that tubing pressure does not increase while running by
venting when necessary.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.5-10
1.12. The C/T contractor will provide plots of pipe weight, pipe loading
and buckling stress against depth for the particular job to be
performed. Any significant deviation from these plots during the
operation must be investigated.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.5-11
1.13. Pulling weight tests/checks should be performed every 1,000ft
regularly during running in.

1.14. A tapered coil tubing string has to be used in deep deviated wells
and always where excessive drag is encountered.

Reference
2. GAS LIFTING
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.6.1-7
2.1. Run in the well carefully, stopping to establish nitrogen injection at
a low rate, increasing the rate slowly as the coiled tubing is further
run in.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.6.1-8
2.2. Once the tubing has reached the predetermined depth, stop
running in and continue pumping nitrogen until nearly all the
nitrogen is pumped, or the well is flowing strongly.

2.3. Temperature of nitrogen pumped should be kept under control.


Avoid pumping too cold or too hot nitrogen compared to the well
temperature.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.6.1
2.4. Pull the tubing out of the well before the nitrogen supply is
completely exhausted. This is to ensure that the pressure
differential across the tubing wall does not exceed 1,000psi.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 156 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.6.1-10
2.5. The following data will be recorded throughout the nitrogen lift
operation:
• Wellhead flowing pressure
• Nitrogen injection pressure
• Nitrogen injection rate
• Wellhead flowing temperature
• Separator level
• Separator pressure
• Separator temperature

2.6. The returns from tubing should be through a choke manifold and
separator.

Reference
3. WELL CLEANING
1 DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.6.3
3.1. 1 /4” is the minimum size CT OD which should be used to carry out
clean up jobs.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.6.3
3.2. Suggested BHA is, from the bottom up:
• Jetting nozzle
• 2 dart type check valves
• 6ft straight bar
• Tubing connector.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.6.3
3.3. The returns from tubing string should be through a choke manifold
and a separator.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.6.3
3.4. A sampling point will be installed in the return line.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.6.3
3.5. Begin running in carefully with the well producing at a reduced
rate. Keep the tubing string filled full of treated sea water by
circulating at the minimum rate. Carry out regular pull tests/checks
at 1,000ft intervals.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.6.3
3.6. Monitor the pump pressure, wellhead pressure and coiled tubing
string weight continuously throughout the operation. If there are
any indications of problems pull back above the last hold up depth
immediately and evaluate the situation.

3.7. Sand can be washed using viscosified brine or brine cushions


alternated with nitrogen cushions. Apply the later solution when
working inside casing.

3.8. Before entering open casing always circulate the tubing string
capacity twice.

3.9. Penetration, when working inside casing, has to be performed in


steps depending on the casing ID. After each step, it is good
practice to pull the CT back up to the previous starting point.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 157 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.6.3
3.10. Run in slowly to the top of the fill, stopping to note the hanging
weight. Slow down when the weight begins to drop off the tubing
and flag pipe at surface as a reference. The tubing must be kept in
tension at all times.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.6.3
3.11. After penetrating 20ft, pick-up to the tubing shoe then run back in
to repeat the process in stages of 20ft, pumping continuously.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.6.3
3.12. Break circulation when well above the last recorded hold up depth
and establish a minimum circulation rate while pumping gel.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.6.3
3.13. When the target depth is reached continue pumping washing
fluid(s) reciprocating the CT and tag bottom several times to
ensure all that the sand has been removed.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.6.3
3.14. Lift and flow the well when pulling out to ensure all moving sand
upwards is removed.

3.15. Collect samples at the sampling point and monitor the sand
coming out.

Reference
4. CEMENTING
1
4.1. 1 /4” is the minimum size CT OD which should be used to carry out
this type of operation.
4.2. An accurate formulation and mixing procedure for the cement is
essential to obtain a successful job, a batch mixer must be used.
4.3. Measure the volume of the CT, do not rely on calculated volumes.
4.4. The string should be filled with a formation compatible fluid.
4.5. Back pressure valves and a nozzle head should be installed in the
CT BHA.
4.6. Depth correlation can be carried out comparing wireline depths (at
bottom and at the tubing shoe).
4.7. Start pulling the CT when the top of cement displaced into the
casing is about 20/30m above the nozzle.
4.8. Stop pulling the CT when the nozzle is about level with the
theoretical top of cement.
4.9. Continue pumping to clean the hole of excess cement.
4.10. If the job is carried out in an under balance condition, the return
has to be done through a choke manifold, measuring accurately
the volumes in and out.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 158 of 206

Reference
5. ACIDISATION
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.6.2
5.1. Prior to rigging up the acid equipment a safety meeting will be held
with all relevant personnel. The meeting will address the hazards
inherent with handling acids, particularly under pressure. The
meeting will also address the actions to be taken in the event of an
emergency.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.6.2
5.2. Suggested BHA is, from the bottom up:
• Jetting nozzle
• 2 dart type check valves
• 6ft straight bar
• Tubing connector
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.6.2
5.3. Run in the well carefully, circulating at minimum rate. Perform
regular pull tests/checks at 1,000ft intervals.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 13.6.2
5.4. If an acid wash or solvent treatment is to be performed then:
• Circulate the coiled tubing to treatment fluid.
• Jet the area to be treated while reciprocating the coiled tubing
slowly.
• Circulate the tubing to injection quality seawater.
• Pull out of the hole.

5.5. Check the internal condition of the CT and, if necessary, flush the
coiled tubing with an acid cushion prior to start the operation.

Reference List:
‘Completion Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/005

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 159 of 206

OP. 3.9. WELL TESTING

Reference
1. GENERAL
DARQ/WOP/MAN/007 7.1.1
1.1. An emergency safety hydraulic wing valve normally closed will be
installed at the wellhead and operated by a remote control panel.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/007 7.1.1
1.2. A test pressure programme for the surface layout must be
prepared by the contractor.

1.3. All surface lines from the wellhead to the choke manifold will
consist of rigid pipe sections or coflexip; no chiksan loops are
allowed.

1.4. All surface lines from the wellhead to the flare manifold and
vessels will be pressure tested using water. All pressures will be
recorded on a Martin Decker type chart recorder.

1.5. All surface lines will be anchored to the platform deck or to the
ground.

1.6. Fluid samples to evaluate BS&W during well clean up will be


collected at the choke manifold on the choke cover hammer union.

1.7. Verify the positive choke ID with a vernier caliper. Do not rely on
the printed numbers.

1.8. When sand is produced, the choke ID will be checked at


predetermined intervals.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/007 7.1.6
1.9. The test separator is used to:
• Separate the well flow into three phases; oil, gas and water
• Meter the flow rate of each phase, at known conditions
• Measure the shrinkage factor to correct to standard conditions
• Sample each phase at known temperature and pressure

1.10. Separator pressure has to be kept as low as the well performance


allows and lower than 50% of the upstream pressure (to maintain
critical conditions).

1.11. Downstream choke manifold lines will preferably not be less than
3” OD.

1.12. In oil well test, the oil level in the separator should be kept as low
as possible.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 160 of 206

1.13. Flowing and static well head pressures will be measured using a
DWT.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/007 7.3.1
1.14. A high pressure injection pump with hydrate inhibitor will be
available at all times on gas well tests.

1.15. Bottom hole pressures will be recorded using a down hole


pressure and temperature sensor positioned as close to the
perforations as possible.

1.16. Surface oil and gas samples will be collected at the end of the test
when stabilised parameters are obtained.

1.17. Bottom hole samples in oil or condensate wells, if required, will be


collected at the end of the build up period with the well flowing
slightly and the bottom hole sampler positioned at the top of the
perforations.

Reference
2. TESTING WITH DOWNHOLE TEST TOOLS
2.1. In gas well tests, the completion string will have the capability to
shut-in the well downhole (this is recommended even in oil well
tests).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/007 6.2.6
2.2. An emergency single shot circulating valve will be used in the test
string.

2.3. The distance between the completion string shoe and the top of
the perforations will be not less than 15m to allow PLT recording.

Reference
3. WELL TESTING THROUGH A COMPLETION STRING
3.1. Prior to flowing, the annulus will be pressurised to 500psi and this
pressure will be held, monitored and recorded throughout the
entire test.

Reference
4. SURFACE DATA ACQUISITION
4.1. Wellhead pressure

4.2. Casing pressure

4.3. Wellhead temperature


DARQ/WOP/MAN/007 13.1
4.4. Separator pressure
DARQ/WOP/MAN/007 13.1
4.5. Separator temperature

4.6. Oil flow rate

4.7. Gas flow rate

4.8. Water flow rate

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 161 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/007 13.1
4.9. Oil gravity
DARQ/WOP/MAN/007 13.1
4.10. Gas gravity
DARQ/WOP/MAN/007 13.1
4.11. Water salinity
DARQ/WOP/MAN/007 13.1
4.12. CO2 content
DARQ/WOP/MAN/007 13.1
4.13. H2S content
DARQ/WOP/MAN/007 13.1
4.14. BSW

Reference List:
‘Well Test Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/007

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 162 of 206

OP. 3.10. WIRELINE OPERATIONS

Reference
1. GENERAL
1.1. Wireline Unit

1.1.1. Offshore operations


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 6.3
1.1.1.1. Heavy duty skid: it shall be enclosed in a container with the engine
area separated from the reel area, explosion proof electric
equipment, internal and external lightening, soundproof engine
zone, engine exhaust shall have an extinction device, operator
cabin insulated and air-conditioned, electric engine starter,
arranged to be moved by crane, structure and covering shall be of
stainless steel.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 6.4
1.1.1.2. Light duty skid: it is permitted for particular applications only under
authorisation of the Well Area Manager and on structures
inadequate to accommodate heavy-duty skid. It has reel and
engine separated, engine starting can be manual, engine exhaust
pipe with extinction device, frames arranged to be moved by
crane.

1.1.1.3. Equipment: skids shall be equipped with surface facilities and with
down-hole equipment suitable for operations on all wells of the
platform it will be installed; besides it shall be equipped with fishing
equipment suitable for working string recovery. If all equipment or
part of it is not installed in the container, it shall be contained in a
water proof stainless steel box.

1.1.2. Onshore operations


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 6.1
1.1.2.1. Heavy duty truck: it shall be enclosed in a container with the reel
area separated from the operator area, the truck engine shall be
used as power unit for reel; it shall be equipped with power unit
and compressor explosion proof electric equipment, internal and
external lightening, soundproof engine case, engine exhaust pipe
with extinction device, operator cabin insulated and air-
conditioned, electric engine starter, arranged to be moved by
crane, structure and covering shall be of stainless steel.
The loading truck capacity shall be higher than the reel weight and
all the equipment overall dimensions shall comply with regulations
in force in the country.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 163 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 6.1.3
1.1.2.2. Equipment: trucks shall be equipped with surface facilities and with
down-hole equipment suitable for all the operations on the wells of
the field where they have to be carried out; in addition it shall be
equipped with fishing equipment suitable for the W/L toolstring
recovery; if the required surface equipment has a working
pressure greater than 5,000psi, it shall be moved separately.

1.1.3. Reel unit


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 6.1.2
1.1.3.1. General Characteristics: reel capacity not lower than 25,000ft of
OD 0.092” or 20,000ft of OD 0.108” wire, surface velocity not lower
than 1,800ft/min, maximum pulling capacity not lower than
2,100lbs @ 20,000ft.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 6.1.2
1.1.3.2. Power transmission between engine and reel shall be hydraulic.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 6.1.2
1.1.3.3. Engine/pump hydraulic group: able to supply the power requested
by the reel, 40-50 HP approximately.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 6.2.2
1.1.3.4. For light duty applications, reel capacity will be not lower than
15,000ft of OD 0.092” wire and 20-30 HP.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 6.1.2
1.1.3.5. Hydraulic Circuit: it shall have the possibility of continuously
adjusting pull and velocity. The possibility of regulating the reel
maximum pull. The possibility to operate the hydraulic engine as
break when running. It shall have safety valves bleeding from high
pressure circuit to low pressure circuit on the pump and on engine;
it shall have a safety valve bleeding from low pressure circuit to
atmosphere. It shall work with an easy to find common hydraulic
oil.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 6.1.2
1.1.3.6. Equipment: the weight indicator hydraulic load cell type with
indicator gauge range will not be lower than the wireline breaking
strength and with subdivisions not greater than 5lbs. Depth
indicator counter wheel type with 0.5m subdivisions. High pressure
circuit gauge, hydraulic oil thermometer, minimum/maximum
hydraulic oil indicator level, gauge oil engine, thermometer for
cooler liquid (truck unit), air thermometer (skid unit).

1.2. Wireline crew


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 2.3.1
1.2.1. Light duty crew: composed of a Chief Operator, an Operator and a
Helper.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 2.3.2
1.2.2. Heavy duty crew: composed of a Chief Operator, an Operator and
two Helpers.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 164 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 2.3
1.2.3. For particular operations, especially on HP/HT wells, the following
crew compositions are recommended:
Composition #1 Composition #2
One Chief Operator Two Chief Operators
Two Operators Two Operators
One Assistant Operator
For operations on HP/HT wells, the Wireline Chief Operator’s
experience must satisfy the additional requirements described in
the following of this section section.

1.2.3.1. A Wireline Supervisor shall lead the Wireline Crew; for light duty
jobs the Chief Operator could be the substitute.

1.2.4. Personnel qualification


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 2.4.1
1.2.4.1. Chief operator:
Experience: more than 8 years in wireline operations or less than
4r years as an Operator. Must have performed operations on gas
wells, sour gas wells and oil wells with static top hole pressures
over 5,000psi.
Additional Requirements For HP/HT Operations:
More than 2 years as Chief Operator and two years experience on
HP/HT wells;
Educational Qualification: At least a ‘professional diploma’.
Specialist Wireline Courses: Basic Wireline, Advanced Wireline,
Wireline Fishing, H2S, First Aid, Fire Fighting,
Offshore Courses: Survival.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 2.4.2
1.2.4.2. Operator:
Experience: more than 4 years in wireline operations or less than 2
years as an Operator. Must have performed operations on gas
wells, sour gas wells and oil wells with static top hole pressures
over 5,000psi.
Educational Qualification: At least a ‘professional diploma’.
Specialist Wireline Courses: Basic Wireline, H2S, First Aid, Fire
Fighting.
Offshore Courses: Survival.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 2.4.3
1.2.4.3. Assistant Operator:
Experience: As per his employers hiring criteria.
Educational Qualification: At least a ‘professional diploma’.
Specialist Wireline Courses: Basic Wireline, H2S, First Aid, Fire
Fighting
Offshore Courses: Survival.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 165 of 206

1.2.5. Definition of job type


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 2.2.1
1.2.5.1. Light duty: Operations performed on completed wells or during the
7
completion phase, with tubing < 2" /8 OD; surface equipment <
1
2” /2 nominal OD; surface equipment < 5,000 psi WP; use of a gin
pole for lifting equipment.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 2.2.2
1.2.5.2. Heavy duty: Operations performed on completed wells or during
1
the completion phase, with tubing > 3” /2 OD; carried out using 3”
nominal OD or larger surface equipment; using 10,000psi WP or
higher surface equipment. All operations performed on HP/HT
wells or requiring the use of crane for lifting equipment.
1.3. Safety during operations
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 16.6
1.3.1. Equipment: Spark arresting exhaust silencer, explosion proof
electric circuits, foam extinguisher, explosive mixture and toxic gas
detector, use of no spark-making tools.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 16.5
1.3.2. Personnel: overall, helmet, safety boot, gloves, safety glasses,
soundproof headset, self contained breathing apparatus 30-45
minute, first aid kit.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 2.2.2
1.3.3. During Heavy Duty Job use of crane is compulsory.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 16.7.1
1.3.4. For operations on rig, barriers are necessary and use of safety
belts for work floors higher than 1.5m or more from ground floor.

1.4. Documentation

1.4.1. Operations on rig

1.4.1.1. All information concerning well condition, operation to be carried


out and safety regulations to be followed shall be given by the
Supervisor to the Chief Operator.

1.4.1.2. The Chief Operator shall consign the Rig Site Report to the
Supervisor at the end of operation.

1.4.2. Operations on producing wells


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 9
1.4.2.1. The Supervisor shall gather information useful and necessary for
operation development:
• Work schedule
• Wireline last report
• Completion schematic
• Wellhead schematic
• P & T last profile
• Well test last report, if any

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 166 of 206

1.4.2.2. All information concerning the well operation to be performed and


safety regulations to be observed shall be given by the Supervisor
to the Chief Operator.

1.4.2.3. The Chief Operator shall consign the Well Site Report to the
Supervisor at the end of operation.

1.4.2.4. The Supervisor will fill in the wireline report at the end of operation
and will consign it to the Wireline Superintendent.

Reference
2. SURFACE EQUIPMENT
2.1. Gin pole
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.1.1
2.1.1. The gin pole is a telescopic antenna made by three pipe sections,
1 1
about 8ft long each, with 2 /2”, 2" and 1 /2" sizes, respectively. The
last upper section holds the ‘flag’ which has the purpose to hook
the top pulley of the rope blocks.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.1.1
2.1.2. The steel used is grade N80 or better.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.1.1
2.1.3. Gin pole will be anchored to the wellhead in two positions, at least
1m distant, by a chain min. OD5/16” and a chain tightener.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.1.1
2.1.4. All three pipe sections are gifted of 16mm ID holes each foot
about.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.1.1
2.1.5. The pins shall have a OD of 15mm.

2.1.6. The gin pole components have the last hole of the pin series at 1ft
from the ends.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.1.1
2.1.7. A system of blocks will be used to lift the lubricator.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.1.1
2.1.8. The system of blocks shall be 3:1 or 4:1 type with OD 18mm Nylon
rope and hooks on the two blocks to be connected to the gin pole
and to the lubricator.

2.2. Adapter flange


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.2
2.2.1. It is the junction between the top flange of the wellhead and the
wireline BOP bottom connection.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.2
2.2.2. It shall be made from one block of forged and worked steel.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.2
2.2.3. The type of steel shall be corrosion resistant to all fluids in hole.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.2
2.2.4. Working pressure shall be equal or greater than the wellhead
pressure.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 167 of 206

2.3. BOP’s
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.3
2.3.1. The lubricator assembly shall have at least a BOP with wire rams
or driven wire rams system.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.3
2.3.2. The wireline BOP shall be a ram type.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.3
2.3.3. BOP shall be hydraulically and manually operated. This will be
actuated by a skid with accumulators able to perform a full
opening-closing-opening cycle in 90 sec.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.3
2.3.4. Working pressure shall be the same of the wellhead working
pressure.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.3
2.3.5. BOP shall be equipped with an equalising valve.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.3
2.3.6. Rams shall be replaced after closure on wire.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.3
2.3.7. All elastomers will be adequate to the formation fluid type.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.3
2.3.8. Steel type shall be suitable to the fluid present in hole.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.3
2.3.9. Bottom connection shall be equal to the one on the adapter flange.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.3
2.3.10. Hydraulic control pipes connection of shall be pull-push type.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.3
2.3.11. The hydraulic pump shall have the fluid end with the same BOP
working pressure.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.3
2.3.12. Hydraulic hoses connecting BOP to the pump shall have the same
working pressure as BOP.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.3
2.3.13. BOP pump shall be positioned 30m from the wellhead.

2.4. Lubricator
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.4
2.4.1. It shall be composed by sections of pipe 8ft long.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.4
2.4.2. Connections shall be Quick-Union type with hydraulic sealing
assured by an ‘O’ Ring for a working pressure up to 5000psi; a
system of ‘O’ Ring + Seal protector ring up to 10000 psi; a system
of ‘O’ Ring + Seal protector ring + Non extrusion ring for working
pressure greater than 15000psi.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.4
2.4.3. Connection between pipe and Quick Union shall be either integral
type or welded type.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.4
2.4.4. The Lubricator working pressure must be equal or higher than the
well head working pressure.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 168 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.4
2.4.5. All elastomers shall be of a compound suitable for type of
formation fluid.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.4
2.4.6. Steel type shall be suitable to the fluid present in hole.

2.4.7. Lower section shall have ID and length adequate to receive the
W/L tools used.
1 DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.4
2.4.8. The lower section shall have a OD /2” NPT hole for working
pressure up to 10,000psi or metal seal for higher working pressure
to bleed off well pressure.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.4
2.4.9. A wear joint shall be installed on the bleed-off point.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.4
2.4.10. The bleed-off valve shall have the same working pressure as the
lubricator.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.4
2.4.11. The upper section shall have a lifting clamp strong enough to hold
the stuffing box + lubricator + BOP + adapter flange weight.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.4
2.4.12. The clamp shall be installed a 2-3ft from the stuffing box.

2.5. Stuffing box


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.5
2.5.1. The stuffing box connection will be equal to the lubricator upper
connection.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.5
2.5.2. The stuffing box shall be hydraulically operated.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.5
2.5.3. The Stuffing Box must be hydraulically controlled and the hydraulic
control pump positioned in safe position. Hydraulic hose
connections ‘pull-push’ type are allowed.
The hydraulic control pump must be equipped, downstream the
fluid end, if necessary, with check valve + ‘Tee’ + bleed off valve of
the proper WP.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.5
2.5.4. Stuffing box WP shall be equal to the wellhead’s WP.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.5
2.5.5. The hose WP must be at least equal or higher than the Stuffing
Box working pressure.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.5
2.5.6. All elastomers shall be of a compound suitable for type of
formation fluid.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.5
2.5.7. Steel type shall be suitable to the fluid present in hole.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.5
2.5.8. Sheave bracket assay shall have a size suitable to the diameter
and to the wire material.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 169 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.5
2.5.9. The stuffing box packing shall have a quantity and type suitable for
the type of wire steel and fluid in hole.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.5
2.5.10. The stuffing box packing conditions must be compulsory inspected
before starting to run in hole with any tools.

2.6. Safety check union


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.7
2.6.1. Use of a Safety Check Union between the upper section of
lubricator and injection nipple is compulsory in operations on wells
with sour gas and on oil wells.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.7
2.6.2. The working pressure shall be equal or greater than the wellhead
WP.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.7
2.6.3. Connections shall be equal to lubricator upper section and to the
injection nipple connection.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.7
2.6.4. All elastomers shall be of a compound suitable for type of
formation fluid.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.7
2.6.5. Steel type shall be suitable to the fluid present in hole.

2.7. Injection nipple


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.6
2.7.1. The use of an injection nipple between the stuffing box and the
safety check union is suggested.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.6
2.7.2. The working pressure shall be equal or greater than the wellhead
WP.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.6
2.7.3. Connections shall be equal to that of the stuffing box and Safety
Check Union.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.6
2.7.4. All elastomers shall be of a compound suitable for type of
formation fluid.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.6
2.7.5. The use of needle valve and/or check valve on the injection line,
connected directly to the Injection Nipple in standing position, is
suggested.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.6
2.7.6. Steel type shall be suitable to the fluid present in hole.
1 DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.6
2.7.7. The injection nipple shall have a OD /2” NPT hole for working
pressure up to 10000psi or metal seal for higher working pressure.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 170 of 206

2.8. Swab valve


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.8
2.8.1. The presence of a manual swab valve with characteristics equal to
the master valve is compulsory.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.8
2.8.2. Use of an additional hydraulic swab valve having the same
characteristics as the working valve for operations on wells with
STHPε 10,000psi is suggested.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.8
2.8.3. The hydraulic test on the additional Swab Valve at the Working
Pressure must be recorded before the installation. The flanged
connection between the additional Swab Valve and the Xmas Tree
must be hydraulically tested at Working Pressure before the
Pressure Control Equipment rig up.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.8
2.8.4. Hydraulic swab valve actuator shall be double action.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 4.8
2.8.5. The pump to activate the hydraulic swab valve shall be positioned
30m from the wellhead.

Reference
3. WIRE SELECTION
3.1. Diameter selection
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 5.1
3.1.1. Light Duty Operations shall be carried out with OD 0.092” wire.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 5.1
3.1.2. The minimum wire size to be used for heavy duty operations must
have at least twice the yield strength than the maximum tension
expected pull on the line for the particular operation although
unexpected operations such as fishing, etc., must be taken into
consideration.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 5.1
3.2. The use of 0.108" or 0.125" slickline to perform heavy-duty
operations is recommended.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 5.1
3.3. The Wireline Superintendent may make exceptions to these
regulations by selecting and authorising a wireline for some special
operations (i.e. gradient recording on HP/HT wells).

3.4. Material selection


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 5.2
3.4.1. Wire line cable shall be made of material resistant to well fluid
corrosion.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 171 of 206

Reference
4. TOOLSTRING
4.1. General
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.1
4.1.1. The wireline toolstring is composed of: rope socket, stem, jars,
knuckle joints.
1 1 7 DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.1
4.1.2. The standard sizes for ‘Wireline String’ are 1 /4”, 1 /2" and 1 /8 OD.
11
Sizes 1", 1 /16 could be used for special operations or conditions,
only if planned or under the Wireline Superintendent’s
authorisation.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.1
4.1.3. The service tools (running tools, pulling tools etc.) are not
considered an integral part of the wireline working string.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.2.6
4.1.4. Connections for standard operations shall be threaded. Operations
on flowing wells, heavy jar operations and operations on HP-HT
wells shall be carried out with ‘Quick-lock’ connections.
1 1 DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.2.6
4.1.5. Threads of connections of 1 /4” and 1 /2” OD components shall be
15
/16”- 10 UNF.

4.1.6. Threads of connections of OD 1” components shall be 5/8”-11 UNF. DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.2.6

Threads of connections of OD 111/16” and OD 17/8” components


1
shall be 1 /16” - 10 UNF.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.1
4.1.7. The standard material for the wireline string components is AISI
4140.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.1
4.1.8. All wireline toolstring components shall be equipped with external
fishing necks suitable to be latched by standard OTIS or CAMCO
pulling tools.

4.2. Assembly selection

4.2.1. Rope Socket


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.2.1
4.2.1.1. The ‘Disc-spring Type’ rope socket shall be used for light duty
operations.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.2.1
4.2.1.2. The ‘No-knot Type’ rope socket shall be used for heavy-duty
operations and with H2S service wire.

4.2.2. Stem
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.2.2
4.2.2.1. They can be 1ft, 2ft or 3ft long.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.2.2
4.2.2.2. They must be obtained by machining out of a single piece of
forged steel.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.2.2
4.2.2.3. ‘Filled Type Stem’ can be used filled with Tungsten alloy.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 172 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.2.2
4.2.3. The ‘Filled Type Stem’ external barrel must have an equalising
hole and the threads locked by an Allen screw.

4.2.4. Jars
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.2.3
4.2.4.1. For light duty the ‘Link Type Jar’ with a stroke from 20” to 30” is
used in the wireline toolstring.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.2.4
4.2.4.2. For heavy duty the Hydraulic Jar or Upstroke Jar is used in the
wireline toolstring set above the ‘Link Type Jar’.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.2.4
4.2.4.3. Use the Tubular Jar instead of ‘Link Type Jar’ in the wireline
toolstring for fishing.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.2.2
4.2.4.4. Use the Upstroke Jar and the ‘Link Type Jar’ in the wireline string
for operations on HP-HT wells.

4.2.4.5. The use of ‘Knuckle Jar’ is allowed for particular operations on the
Wireline Supervisor’s authorisation.

4.2.5. Knuckle joints


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.2.5
4.2.5.1. The number and position of knuckle joints are planned in
accordance with the completion type, well deviation, type of
wireline operation to be performed, and previous experience
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.2.5
4.2.5.2. The inclusion of knuckle joints in the wireline toolstring for
operations on vertical wells, or in heavy jarring operations is not
recommended due to its design, which represents a weak point in
the wireline toolstring.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.2.5
4.2.5.3. The use of ‘Knuckle Joint’ is allowed only in directional wells and
the number and the position inside the Wireline toolstring will be
defined by the Wireline Superintendent while programming the
operation.

4.3. Toolstring Selection


3 1 DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.1
4.3.1. In 2 /8” OD completion use a wireline toolstring of 1 /4” OD to run in
1
static conditions. The 1 /2” OD is allowed to retrieve flow control
equipment.
7 1 DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.1
4.3.2. In 2 /8” OD completion use a wireline toolstring of 1 /2” OD to run in
static conditions.
1 1 DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.1
4.3.3. In 3 /2” OD completion use a wire line string of 1 /2” OD to run in
static conditions.
3 DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.1
4.3.4. In completions smaller than 2 /8” OD use a wireline toolstring
diameter of 1” OD to run in static conditions.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 173 of 206

1 1 DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 3.1
4.3.5. For completions larger than 3 /2” OD a wireline toolstring of 1 /2” or
1 7/8” OD can be used, if provided in the planning.

4.3.6. The wireline toolstring diameter and composition to operate in


directional wells shall be provided by preplanning and agreed upon
by the Wireline Superintendent and Well Area Engineering
Department.

4.3.7. The wireline toolstring diameter and the composition to operate in


flowing wells shall be provided by preplanning and agreed upon by
the Wireline Superintendent and Well Area Engineering
Department.

Reference
5. RIG UP/DOWN OPERATIONS
5.1. Toolstring Weight Determination
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.1.1
5.1.1. The weight of the wireline toolstring is the sum of required weights
as follows:
• To balance the force resulting from wellhead pressure acting
on the wire area and to overcome the friction of the wire on
sheaves and stuffing box.
• To provide mass for jar action.

5.2. Rig Operations: rig up during well completion


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2
5.2.1. It is the responsibility of the Agip Iran B.V. Supervisor to provide
instructions and documentation required by the operation, in
particular:
• Operation programmes.
• Completion design including depths and diameters of
equipment.
• Height of rotary table floor from a reference point (base flange
or upper flange of the tubing spool).
• Type and characteristics of fluid present in the string.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.1A
5.2.2. Selection of surface facilities:
• Sub tubing threaded pin down x quick union box up with
connection for lifting sub.
• ‘T’ member threaded quick union pin x box and 2” Weco lateral
outlet.
• Wireline BOP with quick union pin down x box up.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.1A
5.2.3. The above components shall have an ID to allow the passage of
the tool with a maximum diameter according to the completion
design.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 174 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.1A
5.2.4. The unit type shall be selected according to the type of completion
and maximum working depth.
Wire size and metallurgy shall be selected according to the
characteristics of the completion fluid and possible presence of
corrosive fluids (e.g. H2S, brine with corrosive components).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.1A
5.2.5. The Wireline Crew shall be qualified to conduct all planned
operations without creating interruptions in the activity.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.1A
5.2.6. The Wireline unit shall be equipped with at least the following:
• Components of the wireline string sufficient to make up two
strings.
• Gauge cutters suitable to the completion design.
• Wire suitable to fluids present/expected in hole as well as
mechanical stress.
• Fishing equipment suitable to the completion design (e.g.
Wireline grabs, wire cutters Go Devil, impression blocks, etc.),
and wireline string used (pulling tools, fishing socket, etc.).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.1A
5.2.7. The rope socket must be:
• For Heavy-Duty Jobs use a ‘no knot’ type.
• For Light-Duty Jobs the use of a conventional rope socket,
making it with 15 turns, is allowed.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.1A
5.2.8. After assembling, check that the rope socket is free to rotate
around the wire
5.3. Rig Up During Production
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.1B
5.3.1. The surface facilities are composed of a lubricator, stuffing box,
BOP and adapter flange. Such components shall be suitable to the
operation according to the following criteria:
• Lubricator ID adequate to the max. tool size of the equipment
be used.
• WP greater or equal to the Xmas tree WP.
• Compatibility of materials with fluids present in hole.
• Additional equipment, i.e. injection nipple and safety check
union can be decided according to the type of operation and
well condition.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.1B
5.3.2. Wire size and metallurgy shall be selected according to
characteristics of the completion, formation fluids and reservoir
temperature

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 175 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.1B
5.3.3. The Wireline unit shall be equipped with a minimum of equipment
including:
• Components of the wireline string sufficient to make up two
strings.
• Gauge cutter of a suitable diameter to the completion design.
• Wire suitable to fluids present or expected in the hole as well
as mechanical stress.
• Fishing equipment suitable to the completion design (e.g.:
Wireline. grabs, Go Devil wire cutters, impression blocks, etc.),
and to the wireline string used (pulling tools, fishing socket,
etc.).
• Shifting tools, running and pulling tools of suitable size.
• Amerada mechanical and/or memory gauges and all relevant
equipment.
• Plugs for possible shut off levels and well securing.

5.4. Jack-Up/Fixed Platform/Barge-Rig Up During Well Completion


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.2A
5.4.1. Rig up during well completion operations are wireline operations
performed during the well completion phase.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.2A
5.4.2. Selection of the surface facilities:
• Sub tubing threaded pin down x quick union box up with
connection for lifting sub.
• ‘T’ member threaded quick union pin x box and 2" Weco lateral
outlet.
• Wireline BOP with quick union pin down x box up.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.2A
5.4.2.1. The above components shall have an ID to allow the passage of
the tool with a maximum diameter according to the completion
design.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.2A
5.4.3. The unit type shall be selected according to the type of completion
and maximum working depth.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.2A
5.4.4. The wire size and metallurgy shall be selected according to the
characteristics of the completion fluid and the possible presence of
corrosive fluids (e.g. H2S, brine with corrosive components).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.2A
5.4.5. The Wireline Crew shall be qualified to withstand all planned
operations without creating interruption in the activity.
• Light Duty Crew shall be used when dealing with a single
completion of a limited depth.
• Heavy Duty Crew shall be used when dealing with single
selective or dual completion with several sliding sleeves,
landing nipples, surface controlled safety valves.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 176 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.2A
5.4.6. The Wireline unit shall be equipped with at least the following :
• Components of the wireline string sufficient to make up two
strings.
• Gauge cutters suitable for the completion design.
• Wire suitable to fluids present/expected in hole as well as for
mechanical stress.
• Fishing equipment suitable for the completion design (e.g.,
Wireline grabs, Go Devil wire cutters, Impression blocks, etc.)
and wireline string used (pulling tools, fishing socket, etc.).

5.5. Jack-Up/Fixed Platform/Barge-Rig Up During Production


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.2B
5.5.1. These are wireline operations carried out in a pressured hole.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.2B
5.5.2. The surface facilities are composed of a lubricator, stuffing box,
BOP and adapter flange. Such components shall be suitable
according to following criteria:
• The Lubricator ID adequate to the max. tool size of the
equipment to be used.
• WP is greater or equal to the Xmas tree W P.
• Compatibility of materials with fluids present in hole.
• Additional equipment, i.e. injection nipple and safety check
union can be decided according to type of operation and well
condition.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.2B
5.5.3. The unit type shall be selected according to the completion and
maximum depth of work. Wire size and metallurgy shall be
selected according to the characteristics of the completion,
formation fluids and reservoir temperature.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.2B
5.5.4. The composition of the Wireline Crew shall be qualified to
withstand all the planned operations without creating interruptions
in the activity.
The employment of a Heavy Duty Crew or Light Duty Crew
depends on the diameter of completion string, working pressure of
surface equipment, duration and type of operation.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 177 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.2B
5.5.5. The wireline unit shall be equipped with a minimum of equipment
including :
• Components of the wireline string sufficient to make up two
strings.
• Gauge cutter of a suitable diameter to the completion design.
• Wire compatible to the fluids present/expected in hole as well
as mechanical stress.
• Fishing equipment suitable to the completion design (e.g.,
Wireline grabs, Go-Devil wire cutters, impression blocks, etc.),
and to the wireline string used (pulling tools, fishing socket,
etc.).
• Shifting tools, running and pulling tools of suitable size.
• Amerada mechanical and/or memory gauges and all relevant
equipment.
• Plugs for the possible shut off levels and well securing

5.6. Drill Ship/Semi-Submersible, Rig Up During Well Completion


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.3A
5.6.1. Rig up during well completion operations are wireline operations
performed during the well completion phase.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.3A
5.6.2. Selection of surface facilities:
• Sub tubing threaded pin down x quick union box up with
connection for lifting sub.
• ‘T’ member threaded quick union pin x box and 2” Weco lateral
outlet.
• Wireline BOP with quick union pin down x box up. The above
components shall have an ID to allow the passage of the tool
with a maximum diameter according to the completion design.

DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.3A
5.6.3. The unit type shall be selected according to the type of completion
and maximum working depth. Wire size and metallurgy shall be
selected according to the characteristics of the completion fluid
and the possible presence of corrosive fluids (e.g., H2S, brine with
corrosive components).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.3A
5.6.4. The Wireline Crew shall be qualified to withstand all planned
operations without creating interruptions in the activity.
• A Light Duty Crew shall be used when dealing with a single
completion on wells of a limited depth.
• A Heavy Duty Crew shall be used when dealing with single
selective or dual completion with several sliding sleeves,
landing nipples, surface controlled safety valves.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 178 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.3A
5.6.5. The wireline unit shall be equipped with at least the following :
• Components of the wireline string sufficient to make up two
strings.
• Gauge cutters suitable to the completion design.
• Wire suitable to fluids present/expected in hole as well as for
mechanical stress.
• Fishing equipment suitable for the completion design (e.g.,
Wireline grabs, Go Devil wire cutters, impression blocks, etc.),
and wireline string used (pulling tools, fishing socket, etc.).

5.7. Drill Ship/Semi-Submersible- Rig Up During Production


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.3B
5.7.1. These are wireline operations carried out in a pressured hole.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.3B
5.7.2. The surface facilities are composed of a lubricator, stuffing box
and BOP. With a temporary Xmas tree available, the connection to
the lubricator normally takes place by means of a crossover
threaded pin down x quick union box up. Furthermore, the Xmas
tree will be already compensated by means of the lifting frame.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.3B
5.7.3. Such components shall be suitable to the operation according to
following criteria:
• The lubricator ID adequate to the max. tool size of the
equipment to be used.
• WP greater or equal to the Xmas tree WP.
• Compatibility of materials with fluids present in hole.
• Additional equipment, i.e., injection nipple and safety check
union can be decided according to type of operation and well
conditions.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.3B
5.7.4. The unit type shall be selected according to the completion and
maximum depth of work. Wire size and metallurgy shall be
selected according to the characteristics of the completion,
formation fluids and reservoir temperature.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.3B
5.7.5. The composition of the Wireline Crew shall be qualified to
withstand all planned operations without creating interruptions in
the activity. The employment of Heavy Duty Crew or Light Duty
Crew depends on the diameter of completion string, working
pressure of surface equipment, duration and type of operation.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 179 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.2.3B
5.7.6. The wireline unit shall be equipped with a minimum of equipment
including :
• Components of the wireline string sufficient to make up two
strings.
• Gauge cutter of a suitable diameter to the completion design.
• Wire compatible to the fluids present/expected in hole as well
as mechanical stress.
• Fishing equipment suitable to the completion design (e.g.
Wireline grabs, Go Devil wire cutters, impression blocks, etc.),
and to the wireline string used (pulling tools, fishing socket,
etc.).
• Shifting tools, running and pulling tools of suitable size.
• Amerada mechanical and/or memory gauges and all relevant
equipment.
• Plugs for the possible shut off levels and well securing.

5.8. Rigless operations


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3
5.8.1. Rigless Operations are the operations carried out without rigs,
either onshore or offshore by using equipment and Wireline Crews
for HD (Heavy Duty) or LD (Light Duty) Jobs, according to the type
of equipment, completion and duration of the operation.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3
5.8.2. It is the responsibility of the Agip Iran B.V. Supervisor to give
instructions and documentation required for the operation and in
particular:
• Completion Design
• Wellhead Tubing Hanger Design
• Last Wireline Report (ARPO-11)
• Last P&T Gradients Report (ARPO-12)
• Type and characteristics of the fluid present in the string.

The Wireline Programme shall report:


• Type of wellhead connections.
• Wire type and size to be used.
• Design of the workstring to be used.
• Maximum expected THP.
• Type and position of the flow control equipment in the hole.
• Type of running/pulling tools.
• Type of pressure and temperature recorder.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3
5.8.3. The Wireline Crew equipment shall include all equipment of
individual protection and fire fighting required to comply with the
rules issued by the Operations Responsible.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 180 of 206

5.8.4. Heavy Duty Land Operation


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.1
5.8.4.1. Operations defined as Heavy Duty Land Operation are those
1
conducted on wells completed with 3 /2" tubing or higher size, or
with surface equipment rated 15,000psi or higher.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.1
5.8.4.2. The surface equipment shall be selected according to the following
parameters:
• WP and Xmas tree size.
• Max. size of the tools to be used according to the nipples
present in the string.
• Characteristics of the fluids present in hole.
• The composition of the Wireline Crew and the type of unit shall
be required by HD type.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.1
5.8.4.3. The wireline unit shall be equipped with a minimum of equipment
including:
• Components of the wireline string sufficient to make up two
strings
• Gauge cutters suitable to the completion design.
• Wire suitable to fluids present/expected in hole as well as
mechanical stress.
• Fishing equipment suitable to the completion design (e.g.,
Wireline grabs, Go Devil wire cutters, impression block, etc.)
and wireline string used (pulling tools, fishing socket, etc.)
• Amerada mechanical and/or memory gauges and relevant
equipment.

5.8.5. Light Duty Land Operation


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.2
5.8.5.1. These are operations conducted on wells completed with a
maximum tubing diameter of 27/8" and with surface equipment not
exceeding the 10Kpsi.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.2
5.8.5.2. The surface equipment shall be selected according to the following
parameters:
• WP and Xmas tree size.
• Max size of the tools to be used according to the nipples
present in the string.
• Characteristics of the fluids present in hole
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.2
5.8.5.3. The composition of the Wireline Crew and the type of unit shall be
required by LD type.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 181 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.2
5.8.5.4. The wireline unit shall be equipped with a minimum of equipment
including :
• Components of the wireline string sufficient to make up two
strings.
• Gauge cutters suitable to the completion design.
• Wire suitable for fluids present/expected in hole as well as
mechanical stress.
• Fishing equipment suitable to the completion design (e.g.,
Wireline grabs, Go Devil wire cutters, impression block, etc.)
and wireline string used (pulling tools, fishing socket etc.).
• Amerada mechanical and/or memory gauges and relevant
equipment.

5.8.6. Heavy Duty Offshore Operation


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.3
5.8.6.1. This is the definition of operations conducted on wells, located on
1
production fixed platforms, completed with 3 /2” tubing or higher, or
with 15,000psi surface equipment or higher.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.3
5.8.6.2. The surface equipment shall be selected according to the following
parameters:
• WP and size of the Xmas tree.
• Max size of the tools to be used according to the nipples
present in the string.
• Characteristics of the fluids present in hole.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.3
5.8.6.3. The composition of the Wireline Crew and the type of unit shall be
of type HD.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.3
5.8.6.4. The wireline unit shall be equipped with a minimum equipment
including:
• Components of the wireline string sufficient to make up two
strings.
• Gauge cutter of a diameter suitable to the completion type.
• Wireline suitable to the characteristics of the fluid present in
hole as well as mechanical stress.
• Fishing equipment suitable to the completion type (e.g.,
Wireline grabs, wire cutters, Go Devil, impression block, etc.)
and wireline string used for pulling tools, fishing socket etc.).
• Amerada mechanical and/or memory gauges and relevant
equipment.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 182 of 206

5.8.7. Light Duty Offshore Operation


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.4
5.8.7.1. This is the definition of operations conducted on wells, located on
7
production fixed platforms, completed with 2 /8” tubing or smaller,
or with 10,000psi surface equipment or less.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.4
5.8.7.2. The selection of the surface equipment shall be done according to
the following parameters:
• WP and size of the Xmas tree.
• Max. size of the tools to be used according to the nipples
present in the string.
• Characteristics of the fluids present in hole.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.4
5.8.7.3. The composition of the Wireline Crew and the type of unit shall be
of type LD.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.4
5.8.7.4. The wireline unit shall be equipped with a minimum equipment and
including:
• Components of the wireline string sufficient to make up two
strings.
• Gauge cutter of a diameter suitable to the completion type.
• Wireline suitable to the characteristics of the fluid present in
hole as well as mechanical stress.
• Fishing equipment suitable to the completion type (e.g.:
wireline grabs, wire cutters go devil, impression block, etc.) and
type of wire string used (pulling tools, fishing socket etc.).
• Amerada mechanical and/or memory gauges and relevant
equipment.

5.8.8. Other operations

5.8.8.1. Provide necessary work permits, signed by the Production Unit


Manager or his deputy and by the Safety Manager or his deputy.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.2-1
5.8.8.2. Remove from the well head area any object that can be an
obstacle or a risk to the operation.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.2-1
5.8.8.3. Verify that the cellar is free from H2O and/or inflammable material
and the practicability of walkways and barriers.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.2-2
5.8.8.4. Check the wellhead top flanges and verify to have the proper
adapter available.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.2-17
5.8.8.5. Inspect the stuffing box, if necessary replace packing, and make
up the rope socket.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 183 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.2-15
5.8.8.6. Make up the lubricator on the appropriate gantries without
removing the lower thread protector. Install a bleeder valve on the
lower joint of the lubricator; screw an aluminium plug on the thread
of the lubricator lower section.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.2-22
5.8.8.7. Make up the rope socket on top of the string, block the wire in the
groove of the stuffing box sheave and pull back the wire until the
string is set on top of the lubricator.

5.8.8.8. Lift up the lubricator with the hook of the travelling block, leaning
the wire line string on the aluminium plug; bring the lower
connection just above the BOP top connection.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.2-25
5.8.8.9. Install the load cell of the weight indicator in optimal position to the
sight of the Wireline Operator so that he can easily see it. Install
the first sheave to the loading cell so that the wire forms an angle
as close as possible to 90°.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.2-27
5.8.8.10. Set the wire in the sheave groove. Lift up the wire line working
string with the reel, unscrew the aluminium plug from the lubricator
bottom connection; make sure that the weight showed by the
weight indicator in the operator cabin is equal to theoretical
calculated; otherwise act on the instrumentation as per
manufacturer procedures.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.2-30
5.8.8.11. Lower the working string to the work floor The weight indicator
should indicate zero. Lift the string and check that the weight
indicator reading corresponds to the calculated weight. If the check
is negative clean the line and/or manually re-adjust the
instrumentation.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.2-31
5.8.8.12. Connect the required tool to the wireline toolstring.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.2-32
5.8.8.13. With the tool at the referenced flange level reset the odometer to
zero.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 8.3.2-47
5.8.8.14. Abandon the location and restore conditions.

Reference
6. NDT PROCEDURES
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15
6.1. The wireline system is defined as the package required to conduct
wireline operations on a well and includes the winch, power pack,
pressure control equipment and all other relevant auxiliary
equipment.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15
6.2. All surface equipment and the wireline cable must have a series of
periodical non-destructive tests (NDT) carried out.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15
6.3. A visual inspection must be conducted periodically on all the
equipment before each pressure test.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 184 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15
6.3.1. All surface equipment components shall be accompanied by a
certificate of the last hydraulic test and non-destructive test they
have been submitted.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15
6.3.2. All the surface equipment must be marked with a unique
identification code on an alphanumeric nameplate, from which it
must be possible to identify the equipment number, working
pressure, type of material and type of service.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15
6.3.3. The Wireline Supervisor (if applicable) and the Contractor’s Quality
Assurance Manager, or his appointed delegate, are responsible for
the registration of the tests and for the correct procedures to be
followed.

6.4. Surface equipment Test schedules

6.4.1. Stuffing box


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.1.1
6.4.1.1. A visual inspection every 12 months.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.1.1
6.4.1.2. Pressure test every 12 months.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.1.1
6.4.1.3. Magnaflux on body and thread and, in case, penetrant liquid
control on the thread every 24 months.

6.4.2. Safety quick unions


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.1.2
6.4.2.1. Visual inspection every 12 months.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.1.2
6.4.2.2. Pressure test every 12 months.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.1.2
6.4.2.3. Magnaflux on body and thread and, in case, penetrant liquid
control on the thread every 24 months.

6.4.3. Injection nipple


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.1.3
6.4.3.1. Visual inspection every 12 months.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.1.3
6.4.3.2. Pressure test every 12 months.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.1.3
6.4.3.3. Magnaflux on body and thread and, in case, penetrant liquid
control on the thread every 24 months.

6.4.4. Lubricator
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.1.4
6.4.4.1. Visual inspection as per point 6.3.1 every 12 months.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.1.4
6.4.4.2. Pressure test every 12 months.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.1.4
6.4.4.3. Magnaflux on body and thread and, in case, penetrant liquid
control on the thread every 24 months.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 185 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.1.4
6.4.4.4. ‘X’ ray examination for lubricator sections with welded connections
every 24 months.

6.4.5. BOP’s
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.1.5
6.4.5.1. Visual inspection every 12 months.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.1.5
6.4.5.2. Pressure test every 12 months, or each time redressed.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.1.5
6.4.5.3. Magnaflux on body and thread and, in case, penetrant liquid
control on the thread 24 months.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.1.5
6.4.5.4. ‘X’ ray examination for BOP with connections welded every 24
months.

6.4.6. Adapter flange


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.1.6
6.4.6.1. Visual inspection every 12 months.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.1.6
6.4.6.2. Pressure test every 12 months.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.1.6
6.4.6.3. Magnaflux on body and thread and, in case, penetrant liquid
control on the thread every 24 months.

6.5. Specification for control

6.5.1. Visual inspection


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.1-1
6.5.1.1. Visual inspection inside all assembly for notching detection caused
by wire running, cuttings detection and recognition of thickness
thinning. To be performed before pressure test.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.1-2
6.5.1.2. Visual inspection of every quick union to look for damage on
thread and in particular on sealing surface and on groves.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.1-3
6.5.1.3. Visual inspection on BOP with special attention to sealing
surfaces, to elastomers characteristics, to hydraulic connections.
To be performed before pressure test.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.1-4
6.5.1.4. Visual inspection of adapter flange with particular attention to ring
joint seats.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.1-5
6.5.1.5. For every component examined, draw up the Visual inspection
book to be carefully kept by the Wireline Supervisor or by the
contractor Base Manager.

6.5.2. Pressure test for lubricator equipment


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.2-1
6.5.2.1. Pressure the working pressure, hold pressure for 15 min., check DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.2-2
for leaks and bleed off.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 186 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.2-3
6.5.2.2. Repeat the procedure twice.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.2-4
6.5.2.3. Bleed off pressure and control sealing components condition.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.2-5
6.5.2.4. Tests shall be recorded on paper and/or magnetic support to be
attached to the book.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.2-6
6.5.2.5. For every component examined, draw up the Visual inspection
Report book to be carefully kept by the Wire Line Supervisor or by
the contractor Base Manager.

6.5.3. Pressure test BOP


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.3-1
6.5.3.1. Pressurise to working pressure with open rams, hold pressure for DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.3-2
15 min, check for leaks and bleed off.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.3-3
6.5.3.2. Repeat the procedure twice.

6.5.3.3. Pressurise to working pressure with closed rams pumping from


well direction, hold pressure for 15 min, and check for leaks and
bleed off.

6.5.3.4. Repeat the procedure twice.


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.3-5
6.5.3.5. Tests shall be recorded on paper and/or magnetic support to be
attached to the book.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.3-6
6.5.3.6. For every component examined, draw up the BOPs Pressure Test
Report Book to be carefully kept by the Wire Line Supervisor or by
the contractor Base Manager.

6.5.4. Radiographic Examination (x-ray)


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.5-1
6.5.4.1. The examination shall be carried out by companies included in
vendor list.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.5-.2
6.5.4.2. The examination shall be carried out in accordance with ASME
Section 5-2 and ASME 8 div. 1 appendix 6-UW 51 regulations.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.5-3
6.5.4.3. For every component examined, draw up the “Radiographic
Examination Report Book” with attached all the negative films. It
will be carefully kept by the Wireline Supervisor or by the
contractor Base Manager.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 187 of 206

6.5.5. Magnetic Examination (Magnaflux)


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.4-1
6.5.5.1. The examination shall be carried out by companies included in
vendor list.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.4-2
6.5.5.2. The examination will be carried out as per the following Eni-Agip
specifications:
• TECN-708444-S-0400
• TECN-708444-S-0401
• TECN-708444-S-0402.

6.5.5.3. Prior to perform Magnaflux, surfaces to be tested shall be


sandblasted.

6.5.5.4. Sealing surfaces shall be carefully protected before sandblasting.


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.4-3
6.5.5.5. For every component tested, draw up the “Magnetic Examination
Report Book” to which the report of company who actually
performed the work will be attached; that Report Book kept by the
Wireline Supervisor or by the contractor Base Manager.

6.5.6. Hardness Test


DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.6-1
6.5.6.1. A hardness test of material shall be included in the documentation
of every item.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.6-2
6.5.6.2. Surface equipment for standard service shall have a minimum
hardness of 200 Brinnell fore material with 80,000psi minimum
yield; a hardness between 290 Brinnell (30 Rockwell C) and 341
Brinnell (36 Rockwell C) for material with 110,000psi minimum
yield.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/006 15.2.6-3
6.5.6.3. Surface equipment H2S service shall have a hardness not
exceeding 22 Rockwell C.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 188 of 206

6.6. Controls on Wireline

6.6.1. Controls with induced currents

6.6.1.1. An “Eddy Current Device” apparatus shall be used.

6.6.1.2. Every wire coil of any material shall be tested at the first spooling.

6.6.1.3. The frequency of controls shall be determined on the basis of the


severity of operations performed on the field by the District
Wireline Supervisor.

6.6.2. Torque test

6.6.2.1. Special equipment in accordance with API 9A regulations shall be


used.

6.6.2.2. Testing procedure shall be as indicated in specification.

6.6.2.3. Controls frequency shall be determined, on the basis of operations


severity performed while working, by the Wireline Supervisor.

6.6.2.4. Every Wireline Unit shall have a report book where wire length,
cuts made, maximum overpull made (per operation), torque test
and controls made with induced current shall be reported.

6.7. Definition of H2S service

6.7.1. It is necessary to use H2S resistant materials when STHP is equal


2
or greater than 4.5 Kg/cm and partial pressure of H2S is equal or
2
greater than 0.0035 Kg/cm .

6.7.2. Any decision about the material type to be used shall be taken
jointly by the District Wireline Supervisor.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 189 of 206

Reference
7. SCSSV TEST PROCEDURES
7.1. Surface tests on installed SCSSVs must be performed in order to
identify any problems on their primary function.

7.1.1. The failures to be checked are:


• FTC (fail to close on command)
• PCL (premature valve closure)
• FSN (fail to set in nipple)
• LCP (leakage in closed position)
• FTH (fail to hold in nipple)
• FTO (fail to open on command)
• WCL (well to control line communication)
• CLW (control line to well communication)

7.1.2. The leakage rate shall be less than 25smc/hr (15scf/min) of gas or
400cc/min of fluid.

7.2. The test sequence shall agree with API RP 14B.

7.3. The test frequency must be every six months.

7.3.1. The test frequency can change when a typical MTTF has been
calculated for homogeneous types of valves.

Reference Lists:
‘General Wireline Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/006

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 190 of 206

OP4. MATERIALS AND TRANSPORT


OP. 4.1. WAREHOUSE MATERIALS

Reference
1. GENERAL
1.1. The Materials Supervisor is responsible for receiving, inspecting,
checking documentation and storing materials.

1.2. The Materials Supervisor is responsible for updating the materials


inventory.

1.3. Materials Supervisor will send to the Well Area Department a


complete list of the materials actually dispatched to the wellsite.

1.4. The Drilling & Completion Superintendent is responsible for the


evaluation of all materials returned from the wellsite.

Reference
2. TUBULARS
2.1. In cases where there are non-conformity of any tubulars, the
Drilling & Completion Manager is responsible for determining if
they shall be acceptable, or whether they need to be inspected or
replaced.

2.2. Tubulars should be stored on steel racks with a minimum ground


clearance of 0.5 meters; stringers should be of treated wood or
steel; the pipe at the ends of each layer should be wedged to
prevent rolling.

2.3. Where special storage is required, the Drilling (or Completion)


Superintendent is responsible for providing input to the Materials
Supervisor.

2.4. Depending on the storage life and the pipe yard surrounding,
tubulars should be periodically inspected and new protective
coatings applied when necessary to prevent corrosion.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.5
2.5. Under no circumstances should tubulars be lifted with hooks in
their ends.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.5
2.6. Ensure that the closed-end thread protectors are kept in place at
all times.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 191 of 206

Reference
3. OTHER MATERIALS
3.1. Rubber packing elements, wellhead parts, ring joints, pressure
gauges and other particularly delicate materials, must be stored in
a dry area and protected from accidental damage.

3.2. Chemicals must be stocked in a dedicated area and possibly on


pallets stored on a cement slab with drain ditches and protected
from rain with plastic covers.

3.3. All mud and cement chemicals shall have a technical and a
hazardous substance sheet.

3.4. Tanks and bulk handling equipment should be thoroughly cleaned


and aerated before receiving liquid or bulk materials, to prevent
contamination from other materials used previously.

3.5. Different bulk materials shall be loaded through separate


independent lines.

3.6. Explosive and radioactive materials should be handled and


transported by the supplier direct to the wellsite.

Reference List:
‘Completion Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/005

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 192 of 206

OP. 4.2. RIGSITE MATERIALS

Reference
1. MINIMUM STOCKS
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.5-b
1.1. The minimum barite stock shall be 100t. When overpressurised
formations are anticipated, barite stock shall be based on expected
formation pressure gradients, on the actual mud weight and on the
volume of the active drilling fluid in the system.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.5-c
1.2. The minimum cement stock shall be 100t or at least enough to
prepare 200m of cement plug.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.5-d
1.3. A minimum volume of 70mc of kill mud at 1.4kg/l shall be stocked
while drilling surface hole.
1.4. The minimum bentonite stock shall be 25t or at least enough to
prepare a volume of new mud equal to the well volume.

1.5. The industrial water stock must be enough to prepare a volume of


new mud equal to the well volume.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.5-g
1.6. A stock of diesel oil, enough to guarantee five days of operation,
must be always kept on rig site.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.5-g
1.7. Pipe freeing agent. The quantity shall be sufficient to prepare two
pills; the volume for each one shall be two times the capacity of the
annulus open hole/ BHA.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.5-g
1.8. 20 drums of dispersant.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.5-g
1.9. Mica (fine, medium, and coarse) 1.5t of each
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.5-g
1.10. 3t of Wall Nut
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.5-g
1.11. Viscosifer for salt water (i.e. Biopolymer) the quantity shall be
3
sufficient to prepare 200 m

1.12. The mud in the pits shall be never less then 50% of the hole
volume.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 6.5
1.13. Should the stocks fall below the minimum requirement, for barite
and diesel oil, drilling operation shall be suspended.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 193 of 206

Reference
2. TUBULARS
2.1. Certifications
2.1.1. The Contractor shall provide evidence on the identification code on
every new and used tool.
All rented tools without an identification code shall be rejected.

2.1.2. The Contractor shall operate an appropriate “management


system” which records and updates the following information:
• Rotating hours calculations
• Sequence of rig sites/drilled wells
• Movements record between rig sites
• Inspection scheduling
• Inspection results
• Threads re-cutting
• Connection shoulders re-facing
AI/SP/SPE/823 8.3.2
2.1.3. The Contractor must send every tool to the rig site accompanied
with proper documentation/certification.

2.2. BHA/Drill stem components


DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 10.10-3
2.2.1. All stabilisers shall be the ‘integral type’ and machined from a DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 8.10-c
single block of material or the ‘integral sleeve type’ fitted by head
or hydraulic pressure (not threaded).
1 DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 10.10-5
2.2.2. All stabilisers for hole size up to 12 /4” must be the tight type in DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 8.10-e
order to assure a complete (360°) contact with the borehole.
1 DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 10.10-5
2.2.3. All stabilisers for hole size over 12 /4" must be open type but not DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 8.10-e
less than 210°.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/002 10.10-6
2.2.4. All stabilisers should have a fishing neck with the same OD as the DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 8.10-f
drill collars and a length not shorter than 20” for stabilisers up to 6”
hole size and 26” for larger hole size stabilisers.

2.2.5. The near bit to be used in shallow holes shall have a back flow
valve seat.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 194 of 206

2.2.6. Stabilisers must have a minimum fishing neck length as listed


below:
used
3
5” /4 to 6” >>>>>>> 20”
8”3/8 to 28”>>>>>>> 26”
new
3
5” /4 to 6” >>>>>>> 24”
8”3/8 to 28”>>>>>>> 36”

2.2.7. The use of hard-banded drill pipe is not allowed inside casing.
2.2.8. All drill collars, drill stem and BHA components connection must
have stress relive/bore features.
85/8” threads must have ‘low face torque’ features.

2.2.9. The following minimum length for drill stem subs, from shoulder to
shoulder, are required: (Refer to
Figure OP 4.1)
type “A” API >= 30” (762 mm)
type “B” API >= 36” (914,4 mm)
type “C” API >= 6” (152,4 mm)

2.2.10. All rotary drilling equipment (drill string/BHA) shall be marked with
the Contractor’s identification/management code.

2.2.11. Drilling jars shall have both a jarring up action and a bumping
down mechanism.

2.2.12. Minimum OD of non-magnetic drill collars/sub shall be the same as


the drill collars to be connected.

2.2.13. PDM motors shall be suitable for use with all water and oil base
drilling mud.

2.2.14. An appropriate fishing tool/extension, able to engage any


kind/profile of PDM, must be available on the rig site.

2.2.15. All BHA / drill stem components must be stored on the pipe rack or
on wood with doped thread protectors.

2.2.16. In no circumstances lift tubulars with hooks in their ends.

2.2.17. When rolling pipe along stringers, ensure that connection (even
though fitted with protectors) do not contact adjacent lengths.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 195 of 206

2.2.18. The following materials for current hole size shall be available on
rig site while drilling:
• One super junk mill
• One drilling jar
• One complete set of stabilisers.

2.2.19. Whenever possible maintain constant the ID of the string and in


any case never less than:
• 31/2” IF and bigger 1
2 /4”
• less than 31/2” IF 2”

Reference
3. MATERIAL CARE
3.1. Rubber packing elements, slips, pressure gauges, ring joints and
other materials particularly delicate must be stored in a dry area
and protected from accidental damaging.

3.2. Wellhead parts, liner and cementing equipment shall be carefully


stored in a dedicated area, protected from accidental damaging.

3.3. Bits, centralises and other materials packed in cartons must


protected from rain with a plastic cover.

3.4. Mud chemicals and cement additive must be stocked in a


dedicated area, possibly on a cement slab (on-shore) with drain
ditches and protected from rain with a plastic cover.

3.5. For each mud and cement chemical on rig site shall be present a
technical and dangerousness sheet.

3.6. Casings and tubing’s whenever possible shall be placed on rack.

Thread protectors must be in place when moving or handling pipes


and shall be removed just before run.

3.7. Prior to being returned from the rig, tubulars shall be properly
cleaned and prepared for transport with doped thread protectors in
place.

3.8. Barite bulk equipment must be operational at any moment.


Dust filters must be kept clean and working efficiently at all times.
Air blowers must be kept clean and free of obstructions.

3.9. A sample of barite must be taken and its pH checked before


discharging in bulk.
Any barite contaminated buy cement shall be rejected.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 196 of 206

Reference
4. EXPLOSIVES
4.1. All explosives must be transported by authorised means as
specified by ICAO (International Civil Aviation Organisation).
Transport by helicopter is forbidden.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.4-3
4.2. Local legislation may dictate storage and transporting procedures
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.4-8
4.3. Only authorised personnel shall handle explosives
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.4-8
4.4. When handling explosives, everybody, if not directly involved in the
operations, shall stay away from the area.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.4-8
4.5. The area should be marked off with barrier tape.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.3-m
4.6. Explosives are to be transported unarmed and clearly labelled to
the site in secure and protective containers. Extreme care must be
applied during loading and off-loading.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.4-3
4.7. Explosive and detonators shall always be transported and stored in DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.3-g
separate containers.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.4-5
4.8. Explosive shall be kept on rig site for the minimum time required DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.3-g
for operations and during such time they shall be stored in a
designated locked container in a security area
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.4-5
4.9. Explosives should never be stored in the vicinity of other
hazardous materials.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.3-d
4.10. Any remaining at the end of the operation shall be removed from
the installation.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.4-4
4.11. The quantity of explosives stored must be kept to a minimum.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.4-6
4.12. The wellhead, derrick and logging unit must be earthed together
during operations involving explosives.

4.13. If the electric potential between wellhead, derrick and logging unit
exceed 0.25 Volts, operations involving the use of explosive shall
be suspended.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 5.1
4.14. Any source of electric potential, including radio transmitter and
welding equipment, shall be switched off, while guns are being
primed and down to 100m below rotary table.

4.15. A complete record must be kept of all explosives received, stowed


or off-loaded.

4.16. Platform should be equipped with an emergency system to drop


explosive’s container directly in the sea in case of an
uncontrollable dangerous situation.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 197 of 206

Reference
5. RADIOACTIVE SOURCES
5.1. Radioactive sources must be transported by authorised means as
specified by ICAO (International Civil Aviation Organisation).
Transport by helicopter is forbidden.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.5-3
5.2. Whenever the radioactive source is not in use, it shall be stored in
a locked shield container clearly marked with standard radioactive
warning signs on all sides.

5.3. Offshore
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.5-1
5.3.1. When transported by ship, radioactive sources shall be secured in
a shipping container properly marked with radiation warning signs.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.5-3
5.3.2. Whenever the radioactive sources is not in use, it shall be stored
in a locked shield container, welded to rig deck and clearly marked
with standard radioactive warning signs on all visible sides.
The container shall be stored far away from crew’s quarters,
regularly occupied workspace or food stuffs stowage.
The keys of the container shall be kept by the Barge Master.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.5-2
5.3.3. During transfer of shipping container from supply vessel to the rig
and vice versa, shall be very carefully to prevent loss of container.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.5-4
5.4. Radiation levels shall be monitored on a regular basis. A log
should be kept of the results of this monitoring.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.5-5
5.5. Radioactive sources shall be kept on rig site only the time strictly
necessary.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.5-7
5.6. During transfer of source from the container to the tool, only the
Contractor personnel shall be present.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 13.2.5-9
5.7. If a radioactive tool has been lost in the hole and all the attempts
to fish have proven unsuccessful, the tool must be insulated in the
hole by setting a cement plug of at least 150m (500ft) length above
it, in two separate operations, and at least 50m (150ft) over the
first non permeable zone.
While circulating with the source in hole, the mud shall be
continuously and carefully monitored by the Contractor engineer
using a Gamma-Ray tool immersed in the header tank of the shale
shaker.

Reference List:
‘Completion Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/005
‘Drilling Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/003

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 198 of 206

TYPE “A” TYPE “B” TYPE “C”

Figure OP 4.1 - Drill Stem Sub Types

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 199 of 206

OP. 4.3. TRANSPORTATION

Reference
1. PERSONNEL
1.1. Air transport

1.1.1. The onshore base, before the helicopter departure, shall inform
the offshore rig about:
• Passenger’s list
• Departure time
• Route
• ETA

1.1.2. The helicopter captain is responsible for safety during the flight,
and, before taking off, will organise a briefing with the passengers
to explain them the main safety and emergency instructions during
flight and landing on the rig.

1.1.3. During the flight, the offshore rig will activate its radio beacon and
keep in constant connection, through VHF, with the helicopter.

1.1.4. Assistance should be given, by the person in charge, to the


passengers during embarking and disembarking operations.

1.2. Sea transport

1.2.1. The onshore base shall inform the offshore rig (and vice versa)
about the crew boat travel:
• Passenger’s list
• Departure time
• Route
• ETA

1.2.2. The boat captain is responsible for safety during the trip and,
before leaving, will organise a briefing with the passengers to
inform them about:
• Life jacket position
• Lifeboats arrangement
• Safety instructions
• Emergency instructions

1.2.3. During the travel, the offshore rig will keep in constant radio
connection with the boat.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 200 of 206

1.2.4. Assistance should be given, by the personnel in charge, to the


passengers during embarking and disembarking operations.

1.2.5. Passengers shall pass from crew boat to the platform (and vice
versa) by using the boat landings.

1.2.6. In case of boat landing not accessible, the crew basket can be
used; in this case:
• Passengers will wear the life jacket
• Passengers will stand on the outside ring and fasten the safety
belt to the basket
• Personal luggage will be placed inside the basket

1.3. Road transport

1.3.1. In particular environmental conditions (desert, snow, long and


hazardous trips) the travelling personnel shall inform the point of
destination regarding:
• Departure time
• Route
• Expected arrival time (ETA)

1.3.2. For trips in particular environmental conditions the following


equipment requirements shall be taken into consideration:
• Radio
• Fuel, lubricants and water emergency supplies
• Desert or snow dotation
• First aid kit

1.3.3. Ensure the vehicle is in good condition and has been properly
maintained.

1.3.4. Observe the local traffic regulations on the public roads.

1.3.5. All the vehicles on location shall be parked inside the proper area
and should not impede other normal activity and rig safety.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 201 of 206

Reference
2. MATERIALS
2.1. Tubulars
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.1
2.2. Handling, transportation, and temporary storage of tubular goods
will comply with Section 3 of API RP 5C1.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.8
2.2.1. In no circumstances lift tubulars by hooks in their ends.

2.2.2. Ensure that the closed-end thread protectors are kept in place
during transportation.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.2
2.2.3. Chrome tubulars will be dispatched from the mill in special
transport frames. These will be loaded into wooden crates for
shipment. The tubulars will be covered by nylon sheets, and
wrapped with Drilltec Econorap.

2.3. Chemicals

2.3.1. Where possible, mud and cement chemicals will be on pallets and
protected from rain with plastic covers.

2.3.2. Tanks and bulk equipment must be thoroughly cleaned and


aerated before receiving liquid or bulk materials, to prevent
contamination from previous materials.

2.4. Other materials

2.4.1. Where possible, small loose items shall be carried in containers or


baskets, to facilitate transport and handling.

2.4.2. Baskets shall be periodically inspected; certification, load capacity,


and date of inspection clearly exhibited.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 202 of 206

OP. 4.4. CORROSION PREVENTION & INSPECTION

Reference
1. CORROSION PREVENTION
DARQ/WOP/MAN/009 9.1.3
1.1. Most corrosion problems which occur in oilfield production
operations are due to the presence of water.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/005 8.2.1
1.2. Handling, transportation, and temporary storage of tubular goods
will comply with Section 3 of API RP 5C1.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/009 9.1.3
1.3. The existence, if any, of the following conditions alone, or in any
combination may be a contributing factor to the initiation and
perpetuation of corrosion: O2, H2S, CO2, Temperature, pressure,
velocity of fluids within the environmental.

1.4. Corrosion can be influenced by dissimilar metals in close proximity


to each other (galvanic corrosion). Therefore it is recommended
that the same or equivalent materials should be assembled in
casing string (i.e.: CRA casing and liner accessories).
DARQ/WOP/MAN/011 10.3
1.5. In presence of corrosive environment, the use of inhibitors in the
mud must be considered.

Reference
2. NDT
2.1. Tubulars
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 4.9
2.1.1. BHA and drill pipe must be inspected by Non Destructive Testing
methods.
All inspection/maintenance operations required for the compliance
of rotary drilling equipment shall be carried out at the beginning of
the Drilling Contract, before the start up of drilling operations,
repeated every six months.

2.1.2. Copy of the inspection report must be consigned to the Company


representative.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 203 of 206

DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 4.9-4
2.1.3. For severe or particular difficult drilling conditions refer to the ‘Drill
String/Bottom Hole Assembly Monitoring Procedures For Severe
or Particular Drilling Condition (M-1-M-5008)’. As a general rule,
the following guidelines should be used:
• Before the start of the Drilling Contract and every 1,500
rotating hours thereafter, all Drill Pipe bodies shall be
ultrasonically inspected. They can be replaced by another
previously inspected string to allow the NDT.
• Heavy weight drill pipe bodies shall be ultrasonically inspected
every 3,000 rotating hours. They also may be replaced by
previously inspected pipe to allow NDT.
• Before the start of the Drilling Contract and every 300 rotating
hours, thereafter, all drill collars, drill-stem-subs and heavy
weight drill pipe thread connections shall be magnetically
inspected. They also may be replaced by previously inspected
pipe to allow NDT.
• All stabilisers shall also be inspected every 300 hours as
above.
• After 200-300 drilling hours (depending on the severity of work)
remove four stands of 5” DP from the top of the BHA and
replace them with new ones. The removed DP must be sent to
the Contractor’s workshop for inspection.

2.1.4. All rotary drilling equipment (drill string/BHA) shall be marked with
a Contractor’s identification/managing code.

2.1.5. The Contractor must send the tool on rig site accompanied by
proper documentation/certification.

2.1.6. The Contractor shall give evidence to have an identification code


on each new and used tool. All rented tools without identification
code shall be rejected.

2.1.7. The Contractor shall use an appropriate ‘management system’


which allows the record and the up to dating of the following
information’s:
• Rotating hours calculations
• Sequence of rig sites/drilled wells
• Movements record between rig sites
• Inspection scheduling
• Inspection results
• Threads re-cutting
• Connection shoulders re-facing.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 204 of 206

2.2. Hoisting equipment and pipe handling tools

2.2.1. All hoisting equipment and pipe handling tools shall be marked and
identified.

2.2.2. All inspections/maintenance operations shall be carried out at the


beginning of the Drilling Contract, before the start up drilling
operation and periodically in accordance with Manufacturer’s
recommendations/suggestions

2.2.3. The Contractor shall develop a schedule for inspections, repairs,


remanufacture, etc.

2.2.4. All repairs, rebuilding and re-manufacturing shall be submitted to


the Customer.

2.2.5. The contractor shall provide the inspection certificate relevant to


every kind of inspection/maintenance operations run during the
last inspection operation.

2.2.6. All inspection certificates must contain the operative identification


code of each hoisting equipment and pipe handling tools.

2.2.7. Critical areas of hooks, elevators, elevators links, bails, etc. shall
be inspected peculiarly using magnetic particles inspection wet
method.

2.2.8. Any surface defect detected by NDT, shall be removed by grinding


or machining.
DARQ/WOP/MAN/003 12.1.2-20
2.2.9. Magnaflux inspection of links, elevators, hook’s pad eyes and
drawwork brakes shall be carried out prior to running particularly
heavy casing strings.

Reference List:
‘Completion Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/005
‘Drilling Procedures Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/003
‘Casing Design Manual’ DARQ/WOP/MAN/009

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 205 of 206

OP5. WASTE TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL


OP. 5.1. GUIDELINE
Reference
1. GENERAL
1.1. All waste treatment and disposal activities, and/or re-utilisation of
the waste produced during the drilling and production operations,
aim at avoiding whichever type of pollution and reducing to the
minimum the environmental impact.

1.2. All waste treatment and disposal activities, and/or re-utilisation of


the waste produced during the drilling and production operations
(debris, dehydrated solids, waters or both oil and water based
mud, special waste, sweepings) must be carried out in compliance
with local laws.

1.3. Where foreseen by the legislation and when the waste


characteristics allow it, reutilization must be preferred to disposal.

1.4. Primary target is to reduce to the minimum the waste production,


compatibly with the operative constraints. Such reduction will be
pursued by endowing the rig with a double circuit suitable for
utilisation of recycled water.

1.5. Technical, economic and logistic evaluations will be performed in


order to define the proper solution when selecting: the type of
treatments on solids, waters, and muds; the place where treatment
is carried out (rig site or authorised platform); the equipment for
treatment on rig site; the sites for the final destination of waste
(reutilization or disposal).

1.6. Even if technical operative constraints and/or environmental


limitations are not expected, the selection of drilling/production
fluids must always be carried out taking into account all the
aspects related to debris and exhausted mud reutilization/disposal.

1.7. It will be duty of the operative base to verify the suitability of the
selected contractors for the waste treatment and recovery/disposal
as regards the law requirements.

1.8. The documentation and both Company and Contractor reports will
be in accordance with requirements of the local legislation and
Company specifications.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)


Best Practices and Minimum Requirements Id: DARQ/W OP/MAN/001
Agip for Revision: 0
Iran B.V. Drilling & Completion activities
G R O U P
Page 206 of 206

Reference
2. ONSHORE
2.1. For the stocking and eventual treatment of waste, on rig site a
“waste treatment and disposal area” must be provided. Such area
will be equipped with catch basins, a treatment dedicated zone and
sufficient areas for movement of the vehicles employed for the
treatment and transport of solids and liquids.

2.2. Number, capacity and disposition of the catch basins for solids and
liquids will depend on type of treatment and disposal adopted and
on the characteristics of the available area.

2.3. The selection of the catch basins structure will depend on


considerations related to the well typology and/or environmental
regulations.

2.4. When contra-indications are not expected, it will be preferred a


recovery system including a rig site treatment of exhausted mud
and debris (close loop) suitable to recover and recycle the water
phase for washing purposes and mud preparation.

Reference
3. OFFSHORE
3.1. On the basis of the local laws, rig distance from the shore and
shore disposal facilities, it must be considered the opportunity of
discharging to sea or a zero discharge adoption.

3.2. The drilling fluids selection, among WBM, OBM, SBM or esters
based, will be made considering the possibility and the opportunity
of discharging to sea or a waste transport to shore.

3.3. In case of zero discharge, all necessary provisions will be adopted


to avoid sea pouring off; moreover the rig will have to be equipped
in a way suitable for stocking and moving an adequate number of
waste containers taking into account the foreseen ROP times and
transport conditions on shore.

SECTION 2 OF BP&MR - OPERATIONS (OP)

You might also like